Aren
/
kolibrios
mirror of https://github.com/KolibriOS/kolibrios.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Get rid of legacy netsurf code from SVN 

git-svn-id: svn://kolibrios.org@6895 a494cfbc-eb01-0410-851d-a64ba20cac60
This commit is contained in:
ashmew2 2017-05-14 08:09:55 +00:00
parent 950ddc2a93
commit 1145071b4e
5009 changed files with 0 additions and 755865 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

BIN
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libcss.a
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libcurl.a
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libdom.a
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libhubbub.a
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libnsbmp.a
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libnsfb.a
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libnsgif.a
View File

Binary file not shown.

1
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libparserutils.a
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
!<arch>

BIN
contrib/network/netsurf/build-libs/libwapcaplet.a
View File

Binary file not shown.

97
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL.h
View File

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Main include header for the SDL library */
#ifndef _SDL_H
#define _SDL_H
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "SDL_getenv.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_timer.h"
#include "SDL_audio.h"
#include "SDL_cdrom.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_events.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_byteorder.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
/* These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init() -- you should
specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
*/
#define SDL_INIT_TIMER 0x00000001
#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO 0x00000010
#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO 0x00000020
#define SDL_INIT_CDROM 0x00000100
#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK 0x00000200
#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE 0x00100000 /* Don't catch fatal signals */
#define SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD 0x01000000 /* Not supported on all OS's */
#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING 0x0000FFFF
/* This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes
* the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies)
* Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
* signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV)
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
/* This function initializes specific SDL subsystems */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/* This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/* This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have
been initialized.
If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
/* This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the
* dynamically linked library. You should call it upon all exit conditions.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_Quit(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_H */

60
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_active.h
View File

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_active.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Include file for SDL application focus event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_active_h
#define _SDL_active_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The available application states */
#define SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS 0x01 /* The app has mouse coverage */
#define SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS 0x02 /* The app has input focus */
#define SDL_APPACTIVE 0x04 /* The application is active */
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* This function returns the current state of the application, which is a
* bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and
* SDL_APPACTIVE. If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to
* see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDL_GetAppState(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_active_h */

60
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_anim.h
View File

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL_anim: an animation library for SDL
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Michael Leonhard
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Michael Leonhard
mike@tamale.net
*/
#ifndef _SDLanim_h
#define _SDLanim_h
#include "SDL.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
struct SDL_Animation;
typedef struct SDL_Animation {
SDL_Surface *surface;
int frames, w, h;
Uint32 duration;
} SDL_Animation;
extern DECLSPEC struct SDL_Animation *Anim_Load( const char *file );
extern DECLSPEC void Anim_Free( SDL_Animation *anim );
extern DECLSPEC int Anim_GetFrameNum( SDL_Animation *anim, Uint32 start, Uint32 now );
extern DECLSPEC int Anim_BlitFrame( SDL_Animation *anim, Uint32 start, Uint32 now, SDL_Surface *dest, SDL_Rect *dr );
extern DECLSPEC void Anim_GetFrameRect( SDL_Animation *anim, int frame, SDL_Rect *rect );
extern DECLSPEC int Anim_BlitFrameNum( SDL_Animation *anim, int frame, SDL_Surface *dest, SDL_Rect *dr );
extern DECLSPEC int Anim_DisplayFormat( SDL_Animation *anim );
/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
#define Anim_SetError SDL_SetError
#define Anim_GetError SDL_GetError
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
};
#endif
#include "SDL/close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_anim_h */

260
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_audio.h
View File

@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_audio.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library */
#ifndef _SDL_audio_h
#define _SDL_audio_h
#include <stdio.h>
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_byteorder.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio() */
typedef struct {
int freq; /* DSP frequency -- samples per second */
Uint16 format; /* Audio data format */
Uint8 channels; /* Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
Uint8 silence; /* Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
Uint16 samples; /* Audio buffer size in samples */
Uint16 padding; /* Necessary for some compile environments */
Uint32 size; /* Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
/* This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer
'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes.
Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
*/
void (*callback)(void *userdata, Uint8 *stream, int len);
void *userdata;
} SDL_AudioSpec;
/* Audio format flags (defaults to LSB byte order) */
#define AUDIO_U8 0x0008 /* Unsigned 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S8 0x8008 /* Signed 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16LSB 0x0010 /* Unsigned 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S16LSB 0x8010 /* Signed 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16MSB 0x1010 /* As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_S16MSB 0x9010 /* As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_U16 AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16 AUDIO_S16LSB
/* Native audio byte ordering */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16LSB
#else
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16MSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16MSB
#endif
/* A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers */
typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT {
int needed; /* Set to 1 if conversion possible */
Uint16 src_format; /* Source audio format */
Uint16 dst_format; /* Target audio format */
double rate_incr; /* Rate conversion increment */
Uint8 *buf; /* Buffer to hold entire audio data */
int len; /* Length of original audio buffer */
int len_cvt; /* Length of converted audio buffer */
int len_mult; /* buffer must be len*len_mult big */
double len_ratio; /* Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
void (*filters[10])(struct SDL_AudioCVT *cvt, Uint16 format);
int filter_index; /* Current audio conversion function */
} SDL_AudioCVT;
/* Function prototypes */
/* These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
* have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use.
* You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_AudioQuit(void);
/* This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
* current audio driver, and returns a pointer to it if the audio driver has
* been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized.
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDL_AudioDriverName(char *namebuf, int maxlen);
/*
* This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
* returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
* structure pointed to by 'obtained'. If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio
* data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
* requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
* audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed
* to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
*
* When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
* 'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second.
* 'desired->format' should be the desired audio format.
* 'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples.
* This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio
* driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values seem to
* range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and
* CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead
* to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot
* fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of both right
* and left channels in LR ordering.
* Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
* following formula: ms = (samples*1000)/freq
* 'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
* calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* 'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
* and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* 'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called
* when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer
* to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
* This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
* protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
* and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
* 'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback
* function.
*
* The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
* be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
* for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver
* may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
* any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec *desired, SDL_AudioSpec *obtained);
/*
* Get the current audio state:
*/
typedef enum {
SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
} SDL_audiostatus;
extern DECLSPEC SDL_audiostatus SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
/*
* This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing.
* It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
* device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize
* data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
* Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
/*
* This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
* that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file,
* you could do:
* SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
*
* If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
* filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
* 'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
* and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
* You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
* done with it.
*
* This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
* wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
* corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc,
SDL_AudioSpec *spec, Uint8 **audio_buf, Uint32 *audio_len);
/* Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file */
#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
/*
* This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 *audio_buf);
/*
* This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
* and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed
* by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
* to the other.
* This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT *cvt,
Uint16 src_format, Uint8 src_channels, int src_rate,
Uint16 dst_format, Uint8 dst_channels, int dst_rate);
/* Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
* created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of
* audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
* to the desired format.
* The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
* cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by
* SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT *cvt);
/*
* This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
* them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
* The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
* for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume.
* This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
*/
#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 *dst, const Uint8 *src, Uint32 len, int volume);
/*
* The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
* During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the
* callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback
* function or you will cause deadlock.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_LockAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
/*
* This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_CloseAudio(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_audio_h */

120
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_bdf.h
View File

@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL_bdf - renders BDF fonts
Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Andre de Leiradella
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
For information about SDL_bdf contact leiradella@bigfoot.com
Version 1.0: first public release.
Version 1.1: removed SDL dependecies, now SDL_bdf can be used with any graphics
library.
Version 1.2: fixed BDF_SizeH and BDF_SizeEntitiesH to return the correct sizes.
*/
#ifndef __SDL_bdf_h__
#define __SDL_bdf_h__
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Error codes. */
/* No error. */
#define BDF_OK 0
/* Not enough memory reading BDF font. */
#define BDF_MEMORYERROR 1
/* Error reading BDF font. */
#define BDF_READERROR 2
/* Can only handle BDF font varsions up to 2.2. */
#define BDF_WRONGVERSION 3
/* Can only handle horizontal BDF fonts. */
#define BDF_CANNOTHANDLEVERTICAL 4
/* Character found past end of BDF font. */
#define BDF_TOOMANYCHARACTERS 5
/* BDF font is missing characters. */
#define BDF_TOOFEWCHARACTERS 6
/* Error parsing BDF font. */
#define BDF_PARSEERROR 7
/* A BDF character. */
typedef struct {
char *name;
int code;
int dwx0, dwy0;
int dwx1, dwy1;
int bbw, bbh, bbxoff0x, bbyoff0y, wbytes;
unsigned char *bits;
} BDF_Char;
/* A BDF font. */
typedef struct {
int metricsSet, numChars;
BDF_Char *chars;
BDF_Char *code[256];
} BDF_Font;
/*
Function to put a pixel on the surface, it receives a pointer to the surface
(whatever format it may be), the x and y coordinates and the color.
*/
typedef void (*BDF_PutPixel)(void *, int, int, unsigned int);
/*
Function to read a byte, it receives an user defined void pointer and must
return a value in the range [0..255] or -1 to indicate EOF.
*/
typedef int (*BDF_ReadByte)(void *);
/*
Opens a BDF font, it receives the function that will produce the stream of
bytes, the user defined void pointer that will be passed to getbyte and a
pointer to an int that will receive the error code. Returns the BDF font.
*/
extern BDF_Font *BDF_OpenFont(BDF_ReadByte getbyte, void *info, int *error);
/*
Closes the font and frees all associated memory.
*/
extern void BDF_CloseFont(BDF_Font *font);
/*
Determines the size of the horizontal text, returns the width and height of the
smallest rectangle that can acomodate the rendered text and the start position
in x0 and y0 on where the text must be rendered to exactly fit the rectangle.
This is because the render functions take the y parameter as the baseline of
the text to allow different fonts (e.g. normal and italic) to be mixed in the
same line. It handles NULL pointers for pieces of information you don't want.
*/
extern void BDF_SizeH(BDF_Font *font, char *text, int *x0, int *y0, int *width, int *height);
/*
Same as above but accepts entities in the form &...;
*/
extern void BDF_SizeEntitiesH(BDF_Font *font, char *text, int *x0, int *y0, int *width, int *height);
/*
Draws the text at the given surface starting at position (x, y). It calls
putpixel with the surface, coordinates and color to draw the pixel (doesn't
clip). Returns the next x coordinate to continue to render more text. Only
accepts characters in the range [0..255].
*/
extern int BDF_DrawH(void *surface, BDF_PutPixel putpixel, BDF_Font *font, char *text, int x, int y, unsigned int color);
/*
Same as above but accepts entities in the form &...;
*/
extern int BDF_DrawEntitiesH(void *, BDF_PutPixel, BDF_Font *, char *, int, int, unsigned int);
#ifdef __cplusplus
};
#endif
#endif

52
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_byteorder.h
View File

@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_byteorder.h,v 1.3 2001/05/10 20:25:51 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Macros for determining the byte-order of this platform */
#ifndef _SDL_byteorder_h
#define _SDL_byteorder_h
/* The two types of endianness */
#define SDL_LIL_ENDIAN 1234
#define SDL_BIG_ENDIAN 4321
/* Pardon the mess, I'm trying to determine the endianness of this host.
I'm doing it by preprocessor defines rather than some sort of configure
script so that application code can use this too. The "right" way would
be to dynamically generate this file on install, but that's a lot of work.
*/
#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__ia64__) || defined(WIN32UNDEFINED) || \
(defined(__alpha__) || defined(__alpha)) || \
defined(__arm__) || \
(defined(__mips__) && defined(__MIPSEL__)) || \
defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN__)
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#else
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* _SDL_byteorder_h */

52
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_byteorder.h.BAK
View File

@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_byteorder.h,v 1.3 2001/05/10 20:25:51 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Macros for determining the byte-order of this platform */
#ifndef _SDL_byteorder_h
#define _SDL_byteorder_h
/* The two types of endianness */
#define SDL_LIL_ENDIAN 1234
#define SDL_BIG_ENDIAN 4321
/* Pardon the mess, I'm trying to determine the endianness of this host.
I'm doing it by preprocessor defines rather than some sort of configure
script so that application code can use this too. The "right" way would
be to dynamically generate this file on install, but that's a lot of work.
*/
#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__ia64__) || defined(WIN32) || \
(defined(__alpha__) || defined(__alpha)) || \
defined(__arm__) || \
(defined(__mips__) && defined(__MIPSEL__)) || \
defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN__)
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#else
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* _SDL_byteorder_h */

175
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_cdrom.h
View File

@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_cdrom.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* This is the CD-audio control API for Simple DirectMedia Layer */
#ifndef _SDL_cdrom_h
#define _SDL_cdrom_h
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
for CD-ROM drives, and load appropriate drivers.
*/
/* The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk */
#define SDL_MAX_TRACKS 99
/* The types of CD-ROM track possible */
#define SDL_AUDIO_TRACK 0x00
#define SDL_DATA_TRACK 0x04
/* The possible states which a CD-ROM drive can be in. */
typedef enum {
CD_TRAYEMPTY,
CD_STOPPED,
CD_PLAYING,
CD_PAUSED,
CD_ERROR = -1
} CDstatus;
/* Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive */
#define CD_INDRIVE(status) ((int)status > 0)
typedef struct {
Uint8 id; /* Track number */
Uint8 type; /* Data or audio track */
Uint16 unused;
Uint32 length; /* Length, in frames, of this track */
Uint32 offset; /* Offset, in frames, from start of disk */
} SDL_CDtrack;
/* This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus() */
typedef struct SDL_CD {
int id; /* Private drive identifier */
CDstatus status; /* Current drive status */
/* The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive */
int numtracks; /* Number of tracks on disk */
int cur_track; /* Current track position */
int cur_frame; /* Current frame offset within current track */
SDL_CDtrack track[SDL_MAX_TRACKS+1];
} SDL_CD;
/* Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa */
#define CD_FPS 75
#define FRAMES_TO_MSF(f, M,S,F) { \
int value = f; \
*(F) = value%CD_FPS; \
value /= CD_FPS; \
*(S) = value%60; \
value /= 60; \
*(M) = value; \
}
#define MSF_TO_FRAMES(M, S, F) ((M)*60*CD_FPS+(S)*CD_FPS+(F))
/* CD-audio API functions: */
/* Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if
SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CDNumDrives(void);
/* Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM.
Example:
"/dev/cdrom"
"E:"
"/dev/disk/ide/1/master"
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDL_CDName(int drive);
/* Opens a CD-ROM drive for access. It returns a drive handle on success,
or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy. This newly opened CD-ROM
becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL
CD-ROM handle.
Drives are numbered starting with 0. Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_CD * SDL_CDOpen(int drive);
/* This function returns the current status of the given drive.
If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current
play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC CDstatus SDL_CDStatus(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks'
tracks and 'nframes' frames. If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play
until the end of the CD. This function will skip data tracks.
This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to
get track information about the CD.
For example:
// Play entire CD:
if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// Play last track:
if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) {
SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0);
}
// Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track:
if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10);
This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CDPlayTracks(SDL_CD *cdrom,
int start_track, int start_frame, int ntracks, int nframes);
/* Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames.
It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CDPlay(SDL_CD *cdrom, int start, int length);
/* Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CDPause(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CDResume(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CDStop(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CDEject(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_CDClose(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_video_h */

27
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_copying.h
View File

@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_copying.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif

78
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_cpuinfo.h
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_cpuinfo.h,v 1.5 2004/01/24 05:47:18 slouken Exp $";
#endif
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* CPU feature detection for SDL */
#ifndef _SDL_cpuinfo_h
#define _SDL_cpuinfo_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC();
/* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX();
/* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX Ext. features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMXExt();
/* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow();
/* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! Ext. features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNowExt();
/* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE();
/* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2();
/* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec();
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_cpuinfo_h */

114
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_draw.h
View File

@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
/*!
\file SDL_draw.h
\author Mario Palomo Torrero <mpalomo@ihman.com>
\author Jose M. de la Huerga Fernández
\author Pepe González Mora
\date 05-2002
Drawing primitives for SDL. Main header file.
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef SDL_DRAW_H
#define SDL_DRAW_H
#include "SDL.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
extern DECLSPEC void Draw_Init(void);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_Pixel)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x, Sint16 y, Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_Line)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x1, Sint16 y1, Sint16 x2, Sint16 y2,
Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_Circle)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x0, Sint16 y0, Uint16 r,
Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_FillCircle)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x0, Sint16 y0, Uint16 r,
Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_HLine)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x0,Sint16 y0, Sint16 x1,
Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_VLine)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x0,Sint16 y0, Sint16 y1,
Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_Rect)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x,Sint16 y, Uint16 w,Uint16 h,
Uint32 color);
/* We wrap SDL_FillRect with the SDL_draw name convention */
#define Draw_FillRect(SUPER, X, Y, W, H, COLOR) \
do { \
SDL_Rect r = {(X), (Y), (W), (H)}; \
SDL_FillRect((SUPER), &r, (COLOR)); \
}while(0)
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_Ellipse)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x0, Sint16 y0,
Uint16 Xradius, Uint16 Yradius,
Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_FillEllipse)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x0, Sint16 y0,
Uint16 Xradius, Uint16 Yradius,
Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_Round)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x0,Sint16 y0, Uint16 w,Uint16 h,
Uint16 corner, Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC
void (*Draw_FillRound)(SDL_Surface *super,
Sint16 x0,Sint16 y0, Uint16 w,Uint16 h,
Uint16 corner, Uint32 color);
/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
#define Draw_SetError SDL_SetError
#define Draw_GetError SDL_GetError
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* SDL_DRAW_H */

138
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_endian.h
View File

@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_endian.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Functions for reading and writing endian-specific values */
#ifndef _SDL_endian_h
#define _SDL_endian_h
/* These functions read and write data of the specified endianness,
dynamically translating to the host machine endianness.
e.g.: If you want to read a 16 bit value on big-endian machine from
an open file containing little endian values, you would use:
value = SDL_ReadLE16(rp);
Note that the read/write functions use SDL_RWops pointers
instead of FILE pointers. This allows you to read and write
endian values from large chunks of memory as well as files
and other data sources.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_byteorder.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Use inline functions for compilers that support them, and static
functions for those that do not. Because these functions become
static for compilers that do not support inline functions, this
header should only be included in files that actually use them.
*/
#ifndef SDL_Swap16
static __inline__ Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 D) {
return((D<<8)|(D>>8));
}
#endif
#ifndef SDL_Swap32
static __inline__ Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 D) {
return((D<<24)|((D<<8)&0x00FF0000)|((D>>8)&0x0000FF00)|(D>>24));
}
#endif
#ifdef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE
#ifndef SDL_Swap64
static __inline__ Uint64 SDL_Swap64(Uint64 val) {
Uint32 hi, lo;
/* Separate into high and low 32-bit values and swap them */
lo = (Uint32)(val&0xFFFFFFFF);
val >>= 32;
hi = (Uint32)(val&0xFFFFFFFF);
val = SDL_Swap32(lo);
val <<= 32;
val |= SDL_Swap32(hi);
return(val);
}
#endif
#else
#ifndef SDL_Swap64
/* This is mainly to keep compilers from complaining in SDL code.
If there is no real 64-bit datatype, then compilers will complain about
the fake 64-bit datatype that SDL provides when it compiles user code.
*/
#define SDL_Swap64(X) (X)
#endif
#endif /* SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE */
/* Byteswap item from the specified endianness to the native endianness */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#else
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) (X)
#endif
/* Read an item of the specified endianness and return in native format */
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDL_ReadLE16(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDL_ReadBE16(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_ReadLE32(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_ReadBE32(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDL_ReadLE64(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDL_ReadBE64(SDL_RWops *src);
/* Write an item of native format to the specified endianness */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WriteLE16(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint16 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WriteBE16(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint16 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WriteLE32(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint32 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WriteBE32(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint32 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WriteLE64(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint64 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WriteBE64(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint64 value);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_endian_h */

62
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_error.h
View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_error.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Simple error message routines for SDL */
#ifndef _SDL_error_h
#define _SDL_error_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public functions */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_SetError(const char *fmt, ...);
extern DECLSPEC char * SDL_GetError(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_ClearError(void);
/* Private error message function - used internally */
#define SDL_OutOfMemory() SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
typedef enum {
SDL_ENOMEM,
SDL_EFREAD,
SDL_EFWRITE,
SDL_EFSEEK,
SDL_LASTERROR
} SDL_errorcode;
extern void SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_error_h */

335
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_events.h
View File

@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_events.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Include file for SDL event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_events_h
#define _SDL_events_h
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "SDL_active.h"
#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
#include "SDL_mouse.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_quit.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Event enumerations */
enum { SDL_NOEVENT = 0, /* Unused (do not remove) */
SDL_ACTIVEEVENT, /* Application loses/gains visibility */
SDL_KEYDOWN, /* Keys pressed */
SDL_KEYUP, /* Keys released */
SDL_MOUSEMOTION, /* Mouse moved */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, /* Mouse button pressed */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP, /* Mouse button released */
SDL_JOYAXISMOTION, /* Joystick axis motion */
SDL_JOYBALLMOTION, /* Joystick trackball motion */
SDL_JOYHATMOTION, /* Joystick hat position change */
SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, /* Joystick button pressed */
SDL_JOYBUTTONUP, /* Joystick button released */
SDL_QUIT, /* User-requested quit */
SDL_SYSWMEVENT, /* System specific event */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDB, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_VIDEORESIZE, /* User resized video mode */
SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE, /* Screen needs to be redrawn */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7, /* Reserved for future use.. */
/* Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use */
SDL_USEREVENT = 24,
SDL_PAINT_WND = 31,
/* This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- Uint32
*/
SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32
};
/* Predefined event masks */
#define SDL_EVENTMASK(X) (1<<(X))
enum {
SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_ACTIVEEVENT),
SDL_KEYDOWNMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_KEYDOWN),
SDL_KEYUPMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_KEYUP),
SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEMOTION),
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN),
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP),
SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEMOTION)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP),
SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYAXISMOTION),
SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBALLMOTION),
SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYHATMOTION),
SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN),
SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONUP),
SDL_JOYEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYAXISMOTION)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBALLMOTION)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYHATMOTION)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONUP),
SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_VIDEORESIZE),
SDL_VIDEOEXPOSEMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE),
SDL_QUITMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_QUIT),
SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_SYSWMEVENT)
};
#define SDL_ALLEVENTS 0xFFFFFFFF
/* Application visibility event structure */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_ACTIVEEVENT */
Uint8 gain; /* Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0) */
Uint8 state; /* A mask of the focus states */
} SDL_ActiveEvent;
/* Keyboard event structure */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP */
Uint8 which; /* The keyboard device index */
Uint8 state; /* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
SDL_keysym keysym;
} SDL_KeyboardEvent;
/* Mouse motion event structure */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_MOUSEMOTION */
Uint8 which; /* The mouse device index */
Uint8 state; /* The current button state */
Uint16 x, y; /* The X/Y coordinates of the mouse */
Sint16 xrel; /* The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint16 yrel; /* The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_MouseMotionEvent;
/* Mouse button event structure */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP */
Uint8 which; /* The mouse device index */
Uint8 button; /* The mouse button index */
Uint8 state; /* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
Uint16 x, y; /* The X/Y coordinates of the mouse at press time */
} SDL_MouseButtonEvent;
/* Joystick axis motion event structure */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_JOYAXISMOTION */
Uint8 which; /* The joystick device index */
Uint8 axis; /* The joystick axis index */
Sint16 value; /* The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
} SDL_JoyAxisEvent;
/* Joystick trackball motion event structure */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_JOYBALLMOTION */
Uint8 which; /* The joystick device index */
Uint8 ball; /* The joystick trackball index */
Sint16 xrel; /* The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint16 yrel; /* The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_JoyBallEvent;
/* Joystick hat position change event structure */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
Uint8 which; /* The joystick device index */
Uint8 hat; /* The joystick hat index */
Uint8 value; /* The hat position value:
8 1 2
7 0 3
6 5 4
Note that zero means the POV is centered.
*/
} SDL_JoyHatEvent;
/* Joystick button event structure */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP */
Uint8 which; /* The joystick device index */
Uint8 button; /* The joystick button index */
Uint8 state; /* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
} SDL_JoyButtonEvent;
/* The "window resized" event
When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video
mode with the new width and height.
*/
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_VIDEORESIZE */
int w; /* New width */
int h; /* New height */
} SDL_ResizeEvent;
/* The "screen redraw" event */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE */
} SDL_ExposeEvent;
/* The "quit requested" event */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_QUIT */
} SDL_QuitEvent;
/* A user-defined event type */
typedef struct {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1 */
int code; /* User defined event code */
void *data1; /* User defined data pointer */
void *data2; /* User defined data pointer */
} SDL_UserEvent;
/* If you want to use this event, you should include SDL_syswm.h */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMmsg SDL_SysWMmsg;
typedef struct {
Uint8 type;
SDL_SysWMmsg *msg;
} SDL_SysWMEvent;
/* General event structure */
typedef union {
Uint8 type;
SDL_ActiveEvent active;
SDL_KeyboardEvent key;
SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion;
SDL_MouseButtonEvent button;
SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis;
SDL_JoyBallEvent jball;
SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat;
SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton;
SDL_ResizeEvent resize;
SDL_ExposeEvent expose;
SDL_QuitEvent quit;
SDL_UserEvent user;
SDL_SysWMEvent syswm;
} SDL_Event;
/* Function prototypes */
/* Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_PumpEvents(void);
/* Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
the back of the event queue.
If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
be removed from the queue.
If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
removed from the queue.
This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
if there was an error. This function is thread-safe.
*/
typedef enum {
SDL_ADDEVENT,
SDL_PEEKEVENT,
SDL_GETEVENT
} SDL_eventaction;
/* */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event *events, int numevents,
SDL_eventaction action, Uint32 mask);
/* Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending
events, or 0 if there are none available. If 'event' is not NULL, the next
event is removed from the queue and stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event *event);
/* Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there
was an error while waiting for events. If 'event' is not NULL, the next
event is removed from the queue and stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event *event);
/* Add an event to the event queue.
This function returns 0, or -1 if the event couldn't be added to
the event queue. If the event queue is full, this function fails.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event *event);
/*
This function sets up a filter to process all events before they
change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue.
The filter is protypted as:
*/
typedef int (*SDL_EventFilter)(const SDL_Event *event);
/*
If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of
dynamically arriving events.
WARNING: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
it may run in a different thread!
There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type. The
event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter);
/*
Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_EventFilter SDL_GetEventFilter(void);
/*
This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
current processing state of the specified event.
*/
#define SDL_QUERY -1
#define SDL_IGNORE 0
#define SDL_DISABLE 0
#define SDL_ENABLE 1
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDL_EventState(Uint8 type, int state);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_events_h */

102
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_flic.h
View File

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL_flic - renders FLIC animations
Copyright (C) 2003 Andre de Leiradella
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
For information about SDL_flic contact leiradella@bigfoot.com
Version 1.0: first public release.
Version 1.1: fixed bug to set *error to FLI_OK when returning successfully from FLI_Open
added function FLI_Reset to reset the animation to the first frame
Version 1.2: added function FLI_Skip to skip the current frame without rendering
FLI_Animation->surface is now correctly locked and unlocked
the rwops stream is now part of the FLI_Animation structure and is closed inside FLI_Close
renamed FLI_Reset to FLI_Rewind
added function FLI_Version that returns the library version
*/
#ifndef __SDL_flic_h__
#define __SDL_flic_h__
#include <SDL.h>
#include <setjmp.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Supported formats. */
#define FLI_FLI 0xAF11
#define FLI_FLC 0xAF12
/* Error codes. */
/* No error. */
#define FLI_OK 0
/* Error reading the file. */
#define FLI_READERROR 1
/* Invalid frame size (corrupted file). */
#define FLI_CORRUPTEDFILE 2
/* Error in SDL operation. */
#define FLI_SDLERROR 3
/* Out of memory. */
#define FLI_OUTOFMEMORY 4
/*
The animation structure, all members are read-only, don't try to longjmp to
error.
*/
typedef struct {
Uint32 format, numframes, width, height, depth, delay, offframe1, nextframe, offnextframe;
/* rwops is where the animation is read from. */
SDL_RWops *rwops;
/* surface is where the frames is rendered to. */
SDL_Surface *surface;
/* error is used to longjmp in case of error so to avoid a chain of if's. */
jmp_buf error;
} FLI_Animation;
/*
Returns the library version in the format MAJOR << 16 | MINOR.
*/
extern int FLI_Version(void);
/*
Opens a FLIC animation and return a pointer to it. rwops is left at the same
point it was before the the call. error receives the result of the call.
*/
extern FLI_Animation *FLI_Open(SDL_RWops *rwops, int *error);
/*
Closes the animation, closes the stream and frees all used memory.
*/
extern void FLI_Close(FLI_Animation *flic);
/*
Renders the next frame of the animation returning an int to indicate if it was
successfull or not.
*/
extern int FLI_NextFrame(FLI_Animation *flic);
/*
Rewinds the animation to the first frame.
*/
extern int FLI_Rewind(FLI_Animation *flic);
/*
Skips the current frame of the animation without rendering it.
*/
extern int FLI_Skip(FLI_Animation *flic);
#ifdef __cplusplus
};
#endif
#endif

30
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_getenv.h
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
/* Not all environments have a working getenv()/putenv() */
#if defined(macintosh) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
#define NEED_SDL_GETENV
#endif
#ifdef NEED_SDL_GETENV
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Put a variable of the form "name=value" into the environment */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_putenv(const char *variable);
#define putenv(X) SDL_putenv(X)
/* Retrieve a variable named "name" from the environment */
extern DECLSPEC char *SDL_getenv(const char *name);
#define getenv(X) SDL_getenv(X)
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* NEED_GETENV */

93
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_image.h
View File

@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
/*
IMGLIB: An example image loading library for use with SDL
Copyright (C) 1999 Sam Lantinga
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
5635-34 Springhouse Dr.
Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)
slouken@devolution.com
*/
/* A simple library to load images of various formats as SDL surfaces */
#ifndef _IMG_h
#define _IMG_h
#include "SDL.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Load an image from an SDL data source.
The 'type' may be one of: "BMP", "GIF", "PNG", etc.
If the image format supports a transparent pixel, SDL will set the
colorkey for the surface. You can enable RLE acceleration on the
surface afterwards by calling:
SDL_SetColorKey(image, SDL_RLEACCEL, image->format->colorkey);
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadTyped_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc,
char *type);
/* Convenience functions */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_Load(const char *file);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_Load_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
/* Invert the alpha of a surface for use with OpenGL
This function is now a no-op, and only provided for backwards compatibility.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_InvertAlpha(int on);
/* Functions to detect a file type, given a seekable source */
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isBMP(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isPNM(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isXPM(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isXCF(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isPCX(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isGIF(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isJPG(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isTIF(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isPNG(SDL_RWops *src);
/* Individual loading functions */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadPNM_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadXPM_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadXCF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadPCX_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadGIF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadJPG_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadTIF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadPNG_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadTGA_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
#define IMG_SetError SDL_SetError
#define IMG_GetError SDL_GetError
/* used internally, NOT an exported function */
extern DECLSPEC int IMG_string_equals(const char *str1, const char *str2);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _IMG_h */

171
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_joystick.h
View File

@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_joystick.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Include file for SDL joystick event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_joystick_h
#define _SDL_joystick_h
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
with the SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
*/
/* The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick */
struct _SDL_Joystick;
typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* Count the number of joysticks attached to the system
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
/*
* Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDL_JoystickName(int device_index);
/*
* Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to
* the N'th joystick on the system. This index is the value which will
* identify this joystick in future joystick events.
*
* This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
/*
* Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_JoystickOpened(int device_index);
/*
* Get the device index of an opened joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_JoystickIndex(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Get the number of trackballs on a joystick
* Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
* with them and their state cannot be polled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Get the number of POV hats on a joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Get the number of buttons on a joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Update the current state of the open joysticks.
* This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
* events are enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
/*
* Enable/disable joystick event polling.
* If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
* yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
* information.
* The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
/*
* Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int axis);
/*
* Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick
* The return value is one of the following positions:
*/
#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED 0x00
#define SDL_HAT_UP 0x01
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT 0x02
#define SDL_HAT_DOWN 0x04
#define SDL_HAT_LEFT 0x08
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
/*
* The hat indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int hat);
/*
* Get the ball axis change since the last poll
* This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
* The ball indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
/*
* Get the current state of a button on a joystick
* The button indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int button);
/*
* Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_joystick_h */

124
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_keyboard.h
View File

@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_keyboard.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Include file for SDL keyboard event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_keyboard_h
#define _SDL_keyboard_h
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "SDL_keysym.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Keysym structure
- The scancode is hardware dependent, and should not be used by general
applications. If no hardware scancode is available, it will be 0.
- The 'unicode' translated character is only available when character
translation is enabled by the SDL_EnableUNICODE() API. If non-zero,
this is a UNICODE character corresponding to the keypress. If the
high 9 bits of the character are 0, then this maps to the equivalent
ASCII character:
char ch;
if ( (keysym.unicode & 0xFF80) == 0 ) {
ch = keysym.unicode & 0x7F;
} else {
An international character..
}
*/
typedef struct {
Uint8 scancode; /* hardware specific scancode */
SDLKey sym; /* SDL virtual keysym */
SDLMod mod; /* current key modifiers */
Uint16 unicode; /* translated character */
} SDL_keysym;
/* This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings */
#define SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS 0xFFFFFFFF
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input.
* This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off.
* If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled.
* If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled.
* If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed.
* It returns the previous state of keyboard translation.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_EnableUNICODE(int enable);
/*
* Enable/Disable keyboard repeat. Keyboard repeat defaults to off.
* 'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is
* pressed, and keyboard repeat begins.
* 'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events.
*/
#define SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY 500
#define SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL 30
/*
* If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(int delay, int interval);
/*
* Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
* Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms.
* Used:
* Uint8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL);
* if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 * SDL_GetKeyState(int *numkeys);
/*
* Get the current key modifier state
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDLMod SDL_GetModState(void);
/*
* Set the current key modifier state
* This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_SetModState(SDLMod modstate);
/*
* Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDL_GetKeyName(SDLKey key);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_keyboard_h */

315
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_keysym.h
View File

@ -1,315 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_keysym.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
#ifndef _SDL_keysym_h
#define _SDL_keysym_h
/* What we really want is a mapping of every raw key on the keyboard.
To support international keyboards, we use the range 0xA1 - 0xFF
as international virtual keycodes. We'll follow in the footsteps of X11...
The names of the keys
*/
typedef enum {
/* The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII */
SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0,
SDLK_FIRST = 0,
SDLK_BACKSPACE = 8,
SDLK_TAB = 9,
SDLK_CLEAR = 12,
SDLK_RETURN = 13,
SDLK_PAUSE = 19,
SDLK_ESCAPE = 27,
SDLK_SPACE = 32,
SDLK_EXCLAIM = 33,
SDLK_QUOTEDBL = 34,
SDLK_HASH = 35,
SDLK_DOLLAR = 36,
SDLK_AMPERSAND = 38,
SDLK_QUOTE = 39,
SDLK_LEFTPAREN = 40,
SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = 41,
SDLK_ASTERISK = 42,
SDLK_PLUS = 43,
SDLK_COMMA = 44,
SDLK_MINUS = 45,
SDLK_PERIOD = 46,
SDLK_SLASH = 47,
SDLK_0 = 48,
SDLK_1 = 49,
SDLK_2 = 50,
SDLK_3 = 51,
SDLK_4 = 52,
SDLK_5 = 53,
SDLK_6 = 54,
SDLK_7 = 55,
SDLK_8 = 56,
SDLK_9 = 57,
SDLK_COLON = 58,
SDLK_SEMICOLON = 59,
SDLK_LESS = 60,
SDLK_EQUALS = 61,
SDLK_GREATER = 62,
SDLK_QUESTION = 63,
SDLK_AT = 64,
/*
Skip uppercase letters
*/
SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = 91,
SDLK_BACKSLASH = 92,
SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = 93,
SDLK_CARET = 94,
SDLK_UNDERSCORE = 95,
SDLK_BACKQUOTE = 96,
SDLK_a = 97,
SDLK_b = 98,
SDLK_c = 99,
SDLK_d = 100,
SDLK_e = 101,
SDLK_f = 102,
SDLK_g = 103,
SDLK_h = 104,
SDLK_i = 105,
SDLK_j = 106,
SDLK_k = 107,
SDLK_l = 108,
SDLK_m = 109,
SDLK_n = 110,
SDLK_o = 111,
SDLK_p = 112,
SDLK_q = 113,
SDLK_r = 114,
SDLK_s = 115,
SDLK_t = 116,
SDLK_u = 117,
SDLK_v = 118,
SDLK_w = 119,
SDLK_x = 120,
SDLK_y = 121,
SDLK_z = 122,
SDLK_DELETE = 127,
/* End of ASCII mapped keysyms */
/* International keyboard syms */
SDLK_WORLD_0 = 160, /* 0xA0 */
SDLK_WORLD_1 = 161,
SDLK_WORLD_2 = 162,
SDLK_WORLD_3 = 163,
SDLK_WORLD_4 = 164,
SDLK_WORLD_5 = 165,
SDLK_WORLD_6 = 166,
SDLK_WORLD_7 = 167,
SDLK_WORLD_8 = 168,
SDLK_WORLD_9 = 169,
SDLK_WORLD_10 = 170,
SDLK_WORLD_11 = 171,
SDLK_WORLD_12 = 172,
SDLK_WORLD_13 = 173,
SDLK_WORLD_14 = 174,
SDLK_WORLD_15 = 175,
SDLK_WORLD_16 = 176,
SDLK_WORLD_17 = 177,
SDLK_WORLD_18 = 178,
SDLK_WORLD_19 = 179,
SDLK_WORLD_20 = 180,
SDLK_WORLD_21 = 181,
SDLK_WORLD_22 = 182,
SDLK_WORLD_23 = 183,
SDLK_WORLD_24 = 184,
SDLK_WORLD_25 = 185,
SDLK_WORLD_26 = 186,
SDLK_WORLD_27 = 187,
SDLK_WORLD_28 = 188,
SDLK_WORLD_29 = 189,
SDLK_WORLD_30 = 190,
SDLK_WORLD_31 = 191,
SDLK_WORLD_32 = 192,
SDLK_WORLD_33 = 193,
SDLK_WORLD_34 = 194,
SDLK_WORLD_35 = 195,
SDLK_WORLD_36 = 196,
SDLK_WORLD_37 = 197,
SDLK_WORLD_38 = 198,
SDLK_WORLD_39 = 199,
SDLK_WORLD_40 = 200,
SDLK_WORLD_41 = 201,
SDLK_WORLD_42 = 202,
SDLK_WORLD_43 = 203,
SDLK_WORLD_44 = 204,
SDLK_WORLD_45 = 205,
SDLK_WORLD_46 = 206,
SDLK_WORLD_47 = 207,
SDLK_WORLD_48 = 208,
SDLK_WORLD_49 = 209,
SDLK_WORLD_50 = 210,
SDLK_WORLD_51 = 211,
SDLK_WORLD_52 = 212,
SDLK_WORLD_53 = 213,
SDLK_WORLD_54 = 214,
SDLK_WORLD_55 = 215,
SDLK_WORLD_56 = 216,
SDLK_WORLD_57 = 217,
SDLK_WORLD_58 = 218,
SDLK_WORLD_59 = 219,
SDLK_WORLD_60 = 220,
SDLK_WORLD_61 = 221,
SDLK_WORLD_62 = 222,
SDLK_WORLD_63 = 223,
SDLK_WORLD_64 = 224,
SDLK_WORLD_65 = 225,
SDLK_WORLD_66 = 226,
SDLK_WORLD_67 = 227,
SDLK_WORLD_68 = 228,
SDLK_WORLD_69 = 229,
SDLK_WORLD_70 = 230,
SDLK_WORLD_71 = 231,
SDLK_WORLD_72 = 232,
SDLK_WORLD_73 = 233,
SDLK_WORLD_74 = 234,
SDLK_WORLD_75 = 235,
SDLK_WORLD_76 = 236,
SDLK_WORLD_77 = 237,
SDLK_WORLD_78 = 238,
SDLK_WORLD_79 = 239,
SDLK_WORLD_80 = 240,
SDLK_WORLD_81 = 241,
SDLK_WORLD_82 = 242,
SDLK_WORLD_83 = 243,
SDLK_WORLD_84 = 244,
SDLK_WORLD_85 = 245,
SDLK_WORLD_86 = 246,
SDLK_WORLD_87 = 247,
SDLK_WORLD_88 = 248,
SDLK_WORLD_89 = 249,
SDLK_WORLD_90 = 250,
SDLK_WORLD_91 = 251,
SDLK_WORLD_92 = 252,
SDLK_WORLD_93 = 253,
SDLK_WORLD_94 = 254,
SDLK_WORLD_95 = 255, /* 0xFF */
/* Numeric keypad */
SDLK_KP0 = 256,
SDLK_KP1 = 257,
SDLK_KP2 = 258,
SDLK_KP3 = 259,
SDLK_KP4 = 260,
SDLK_KP5 = 261,
SDLK_KP6 = 262,
SDLK_KP7 = 263,
SDLK_KP8 = 264,
SDLK_KP9 = 265,
SDLK_KP_PERIOD = 266,
SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = 267,
SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = 268,
SDLK_KP_MINUS = 269,
SDLK_KP_PLUS = 270,
SDLK_KP_ENTER = 271,
SDLK_KP_EQUALS = 272,
/* Arrows + Home/End pad */
SDLK_UP = 273,
SDLK_DOWN = 274,
SDLK_RIGHT = 275,
SDLK_LEFT = 276,
SDLK_INSERT = 277,
SDLK_HOME = 278,
SDLK_END = 279,
SDLK_PAGEUP = 280,
SDLK_PAGEDOWN = 281,
/* Function keys */
SDLK_F1 = 282,
SDLK_F2 = 283,
SDLK_F3 = 284,
SDLK_F4 = 285,
SDLK_F5 = 286,
SDLK_F6 = 287,
SDLK_F7 = 288,
SDLK_F8 = 289,
SDLK_F9 = 290,
SDLK_F10 = 291,
SDLK_F11 = 292,
SDLK_F12 = 293,
SDLK_F13 = 294,
SDLK_F14 = 295,
SDLK_F15 = 296,
/* Key state modifier keys */
SDLK_NUMLOCK = 300,
SDLK_CAPSLOCK = 301,
SDLK_SCROLLOCK = 302,
SDLK_RSHIFT = 303,
SDLK_LSHIFT = 304,
SDLK_RCTRL = 305,
SDLK_LCTRL = 306,
SDLK_RALT = 307,
SDLK_LALT = 308,
SDLK_RMETA = 309,
SDLK_LMETA = 310,
SDLK_LSUPER = 311, /* Left "Windows" key */
SDLK_RSUPER = 312, /* Right "Windows" key */
SDLK_MODE = 313, /* "Alt Gr" key */
SDLK_COMPOSE = 314, /* Multi-key compose key */
/* Miscellaneous function keys */
SDLK_HELP = 315,
SDLK_PRINT = 316,
SDLK_SYSREQ = 317,
SDLK_BREAK = 318,
SDLK_MENU = 319,
SDLK_POWER = 320, /* Power Macintosh power key */
SDLK_EURO = 321, /* Some european keyboards */
/* Add any other keys here */
SDLK_LAST
} SDLKey;
/* Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together) */
typedef enum {
KMOD_NONE = 0x0000,
KMOD_LSHIFT= 0x0001,
KMOD_RSHIFT= 0x0002,
KMOD_LCTRL = 0x0040,
KMOD_RCTRL = 0x0080,
KMOD_LALT = 0x0100,
KMOD_RALT = 0x0200,
KMOD_LMETA = 0x0400,
KMOD_RMETA = 0x0800,
KMOD_NUM = 0x1000,
KMOD_CAPS = 0x2000,
KMOD_MODE = 0x4000,
KMOD_RESERVED = 0x8000
} SDLMod;
#define KMOD_CTRL (KMOD_LCTRL|KMOD_RCTRL)
#define KMOD_SHIFT (KMOD_LSHIFT|KMOD_RSHIFT)
#define KMOD_ALT (KMOD_LALT|KMOD_RALT)
#define KMOD_META (KMOD_LMETA|KMOD_RMETA)
#endif /* _SDL_keysym_h */

76
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_loadso.h
View File

@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_loadso.h,v 1.5 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
#endif
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* System dependent library loading routines */
/* Some things to keep in mind:
- These functions only work on C function names. Other languages may
have name mangling and intrinsic language support that varies from
compiler to compiler.
- Make sure you declare your function pointers with the same calling
convention as the actual library function. Your code will crash
mysteriously if you do not do this.
- Avoid namespace collisions. If you load a symbol from the library,
it is not defined whether or not it goes into the global symbol
namespace for the application. If it does and it conflicts with
symbols in your code or other shared libraries, you will not get
the results you expect. :)
*/
#ifndef _SDL_loadso_h
#define _SDL_loadso_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
* to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
* The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_LoadObject(const char *sofile);
/* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
* named function in the shared object and returns it. This address
* is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_LoadFunction(void *handle, const char *name);
/* Unload a shared object from memory */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnloadObject(void *handle);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_loadso_h */

97
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_main.h
View File

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_main.h,v 1.3 2001/06/07 14:28:11 hercules Exp $";
#endif
#ifndef _SDL_main_h
#define _SDL_main_h
/* Redefine main() on Win32 and MacOS so that it is called by winmain.c */
#if defined(WIN32UNDEFINED) || (defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__BEOS__)) || \
defined(macintosh) || defined(__APPLE__)
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define C_LINKAGE "C"
#else
#define C_LINKAGE
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/* The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
and should be declared like this:
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
#endif
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
}
*/
#define main SDL_main
/* The prototype for the application's main() function */
extern C_LINKAGE int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
/* From the SDL library code -- needed for registering the app on Win32 */
#if defined(WIN32UNDEFINED)
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_RegisterApp(char *name, Uint32 style, void *hInst);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif
/* From the SDL library code -- needed for registering QuickDraw on MacOS */
#if defined(macintosh)
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Forward declaration so we don't need to include QuickDraw.h */
struct QDGlobals;
/* This should be called from your main() function, if any */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_InitQuickDraw(struct QDGlobals *the_qd);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif
#endif /* Need to redefine main()? */
#endif /* _SDL_main_h */

97
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_main.h.BAK
View File

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_main.h,v 1.3 2001/06/07 14:28:11 hercules Exp $";
#endif
#ifndef _SDL_main_h
#define _SDL_main_h
/* Redefine main() on Win32 and MacOS so that it is called by winmain.c */
#if defined(WIN32) || (defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__BEOS__)) || \
defined(macintosh) || defined(__APPLE__)
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define C_LINKAGE "C"
#else
#define C_LINKAGE
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/* The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
and should be declared like this:
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
#endif
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
}
*/
#define main SDL_main
/* The prototype for the application's main() function */
extern C_LINKAGE int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
/* From the SDL library code -- needed for registering the app on Win32 */
#if defined(WIN32)
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_RegisterApp(char *name, Uint32 style, void *hInst);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif
/* From the SDL library code -- needed for registering QuickDraw on MacOS */
#if defined(macintosh)
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Forward declaration so we don't need to include QuickDraw.h */
struct QDGlobals;
/* This should be called from your main() function, if any */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_InitQuickDraw(struct QDGlobals *the_qd);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif
#endif /* Need to redefine main()? */
#endif /* _SDL_main_h */

235
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_mixer.h
View File

@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
/*
MIXERLIB: An audio mixer library based on the SDL library
Copyright (C) 1997-1999 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
5635-34 Springhouse Dr.
Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifndef _MIXER_H_
#define _MIXER_H_
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_audio.h"
#include "SDL_byteorder.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The default mixer has 8 simultaneous mixing channels */
#ifndef MIX_CHANNELS
#define MIX_CHANNELS 8
#endif
/* Good default values for a PC soundcard */
#define MIX_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY 22050
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT AUDIO_S16LSB
#else
#define MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT AUDIO_S16MSB
#endif
#define MIX_DEFAULT_CHANNELS 2
#define MIX_MAX_VOLUME 128 /* Volume of a chunk */
/* The internal format for an audio chunk */
typedef struct {
int allocated;
Uint8 *abuf;
Uint32 alen;
Uint8 volume; /* Per-sample volume, 0-128 */
} Mix_Chunk;
/* The different fading types supported */
typedef enum {
MIX_NO_FADING,
MIX_FADING_OUT,
MIX_FADING_IN
} Mix_Fading;
/* The internal format for a music chunk interpreted via mikmod */
typedef struct _Mix_Music Mix_Music;
/* Open the mixer with a certain audio format */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_OpenAudio(int frequency, Uint16 format, int channels,
int chunksize);
/* Dynamically change the number of channels managed by the mixer.
If decreasing the number of channels, the upper channels are
stopped.
This function returns the new number of allocated channels.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_AllocateChannels(int numchans);
/* Find out what the actual audio device parameters are.
This function returns 1 if the audio has been opened, 0 otherwise.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_QuerySpec(int *frequency,Uint16 *format,int *channels);
/* Load a wave file or a music (.mod .s3m .it .xm) file */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk *Mix_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
#define Mix_LoadWAV(file) Mix_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music *Mix_LoadMUS(const char *file);
#if 0 /* This hasn't been hooked into music.c yet */
/* Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object (MikMod-specific currently)
Matt Campbell (matt@campbellhome.dhs.org) April 2000 */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music *Mix_LoadMUS_RW(SDL_RWops *rw);
#endif
/* Load a wave file of the mixer format from a memory buffer */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk *Mix_QuickLoad_WAV(Uint8 *mem);
/* Free an audio chunk previously loaded */
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_FreeChunk(Mix_Chunk *chunk);
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_FreeMusic(Mix_Music *music);
/* Set a function that is called after all mixing is performed.
This can be used to provide real-time visual display of the audio stream
or add a custom mixer filter for the stream data.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_SetPostMix(void (*mix_func)
(void *udata, Uint8 *stream, int len), void *arg);
/* Add your own music player or additional mixer function.
If 'mix_func' is NULL, the default music player is re-enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_HookMusic(void (*mix_func)
(void *udata, Uint8 *stream, int len), void *arg);
/* Add your own callback when the music has finished playing.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_HookMusicFinished(void (*music_finished)(void));
/* Get a pointer to the user data for the current music hook */
extern DECLSPEC void *Mix_GetMusicHookData(void);
/* Reserve the first channels (0 -> n-1) for the application, i.e. don't allocate
them dynamically to the next sample if requested with a -1 value below.
Returns the number of reserved channels.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_ReserveChannels(int num);
/* Channel grouping functions */
/* Attach a tag to a channel. A tag can be assigned to several mixer
channels, to form groups of channels.
If 'tag' is -1, the tag is removed (actually -1 is the tag used to
represent the group of all the channels).
Returns true if everything was OK.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_GroupChannel(int which, int tag);
/* Assign several consecutive channels to a group */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_GroupChannels(int from, int to, int tag);
/* Finds the first available channel in a group of channels */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_GroupAvailable(int tag);
/* Returns the number of channels in a group. This is also a subtle
way to get the total number of channels when 'tag' is -1
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_GroupCount(int tag);
/* Finds the "oldest" sample playing in a group of channels */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_GroupOldest(int tag);
/* Finds the "most recent" (i.e. last) sample playing in a group of channels */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_GroupNewer(int tag);
/* Play an audio chunk on a specific channel.
If the specified channel is -1, play on the first free channel.
If 'loops' is greater than zero, loop the sound that many times.
If 'loops' is -1, loop inifinitely (~65000 times).
Returns which channel was used to play the sound.
*/
#define Mix_PlayChannel(channel,chunk,loops) Mix_PlayChannelTimed(channel,chunk,loops,-1)
/* The same as above, but the sound is played at most 'ticks' milliseconds */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_PlayChannelTimed(int channel, Mix_Chunk *chunk, int loops, int ticks);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_PlayMusic(Mix_Music *music, int loops);
/* Fade in music or a channel over "ms" milliseconds, same semantics as the "Play" functions */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_FadeInMusic(Mix_Music *music, int loops, int ms);
#define Mix_FadeInChannel(channel,chunk,loops,ms) Mix_FadeInChannelTimed(channel,chunk,loops,ms,-1)
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_FadeInChannelTimed(int channel, Mix_Chunk *chunk, int loops, int ms, int ticks);
/* Set the volume in the range of 0-128 of a specific channel or chunk.
If the specified channel is -1, set volume for all channels.
Returns the original volume.
If the specified volume is -1, just return the current volume.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_Volume(int channel, int volume);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_VolumeChunk(Mix_Chunk *chunk, int volume);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_VolumeMusic(int volume);
/* Halt playing of a particular channel */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_HaltChannel(int channel);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_HaltGroup(int tag);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_HaltMusic(void);
/* Change the expiration delay for a particular channel.
The sample will stop playing after the 'ticks' milliseconds have elapsed,
or remove the expiration if 'ticks' is -1
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_ExpireChannel(int channel, int ticks);
/* Halt a channel, fading it out progressively till it's silent
The ms parameter indicates the number of milliseconds the fading
will take.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_FadeOutChannel(int which, int ms);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_FadeOutGroup(int tag, int ms);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_FadeOutMusic(int ms);
/* Query the fading status of a channel */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Fading Mix_FadingMusic(void);
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Fading Mix_FadingChannel(int which);
/* Pause/Resume a particular channel */
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_Pause(int channel);
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_Resume(int channel);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_Paused(int channel);
/* Pause/Resume the music stream */
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_PauseMusic(void);
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_ResumeMusic(void);
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_RewindMusic(void);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_PausedMusic(void);
/* Check the status of a specific channel.
If the specified channel is -1, check all channels.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_Playing(int channel);
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_PlayingMusic(void);
/* Stop music and set external music playback command */
extern DECLSPEC int Mix_SetMusicCMD(const char *command);
/* Close the mixer, halting all playing audio */
extern DECLSPEC void Mix_CloseAudio(void);
/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
#define Mix_SetError SDL_SetError
#define Mix_GetError SDL_GetError
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _MIXER_H_ */

136
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_mouse.h
View File

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_mouse.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Include file for SDL mouse event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_mouse_h
#define _SDL_mouse_h
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef struct WMcursor WMcursor; /* Implementation dependent */
typedef struct {
SDL_Rect area; /* The area of the mouse cursor */
Sint16 hot_x, hot_y; /* The "tip" of the cursor */
Uint8 *data; /* B/W cursor data */
Uint8 *mask; /* B/W cursor mask */
Uint8 *save[2]; /* Place to save cursor area */
WMcursor *wm_cursor; /* Window-manager cursor */
} SDL_Cursor;
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
* The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
* be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
* current mouse cursor position. You can pass NULL for either x or y.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/*
* Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
* The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
* be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
* mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState().
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/*
* Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event)
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_WarpMouse(Uint16 x, Uint16 y);
/*
* Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format).
* The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
*
* The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
* data mask resulting pixel on screen
* 0 1 White
* 1 1 Black
* 0 0 Transparent
* 1 0 Inverted color if possible, black if not.
*
* Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor().
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDL_CreateCursor
(Uint8 *data, Uint8 *mask, int w, int h, int hot_x, int hot_y);
/*
* Set the currently active cursor to the specified one.
* If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately
* represented on the display.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor *cursor);
/*
* Returns the currently active cursor.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor * SDL_GetCursor(void);
/*
* Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor *cursor);
/*
* Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen.
* The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off.
* SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed
* before the call, or 0 if it was not. You can query the current
* state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
/* Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate
Button 1: Left mouse button
Button 2: Middle mouse button
Button 3: Right mouse button
*/
#define SDL_BUTTON(X) (SDL_PRESSED<<(X-1))
#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT 1
#define SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE 2
#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT 3
#define SDL_BUTTON_LMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_LEFT)
#define SDL_BUTTON_MMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE)
#define SDL_BUTTON_RMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT)
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_mouse_h */

163
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_mutex.h
View File

@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_mutex.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
#ifndef _SDL_mutex_h
#define _SDL_mutex_h
/* Functions to provide thread synchronization primitives
These are independent of the other SDL routines.
*/
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
if they time out.
*/
#define SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT 1
/* This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out */
#define SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT (~(Uint32)0)
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* Mutex functions */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* The SDL mutex structure, defined in SDL_mutex.c */
struct SDL_mutex;
typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
/* Create a mutex, initialized unlocked */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex * SDL_CreateMutex(void);
/* Lock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) */
#define SDL_LockMutex(m) SDL_mutexP(m)
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_mutexP(SDL_mutex *mutex);
/* Unlock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) */
#define SDL_UnlockMutex(m) SDL_mutexV(m)
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_mutexV(SDL_mutex *mutex);
/* Destroy a mutex */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex *mutex);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* Semaphore functions */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* The SDL semaphore structure, defined in SDL_sem.c */
struct SDL_semaphore;
typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
/* Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem * SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
/* Destroy a semaphore */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem *sem);
/* This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
* to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore
* count.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem *sem);
/* Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds,
SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem *sem);
/* Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if
the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in
the allotted time, and -1 on error.
On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem *sem, Uint32 ms);
/* Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0,
or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem *sem);
/* Returns the current count of the semaphore */
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem *sem);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* Condition variable functions */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* The SDL condition variable structure, defined in SDL_cond.c */
struct SDL_cond;
typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
/* Create a condition variable */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond * SDL_CreateCond(void);
/* Destroy a condition variable */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond *cond);
/* Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
returns 0 or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond *cond);
/* Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
returns 0 or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond *cond);
/* Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond *cond, SDL_mutex *mut);
/* Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond *cond, SDL_mutex *mutex, Uint32 ms);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_mutex_h */

11
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_name.h
View File

@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
#ifndef _SDLname_h_
#define _SDLname_h_
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
#define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1
#endif
#define SDL_NAME(X) SDL_##X
#endif /* _SDLname_h_ */

5968
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_opengl.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

52
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_quit.h
View File

@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_quit.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Include file for SDL quit event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_quit_h
#define _SDL_quit_h
/*
An SDL_QUITEVENT is generated when the user tries to close the application
window. If it is ignored or filtered out, the window will remain open.
If it is not ignored or filtered, it is queued normally and the window
is allowed to close. When the window is closed, screen updates will
complete, but have no effect.
SDL_Init() installs signal handlers for SIGINT (keyboard interrupt)
and SIGTERM (system termination request), if handlers do not already
exist, that generate SDL_QUITEVENT events as well. There is no way
to determine the cause of an SDL_QUITEVENT, but setting a signal
handler in your application will override the default generation of
quit events for that signal.
*/
/* There are no functions directly affecting the quit event */
#define SDL_QuitRequested() \
(SDL_PumpEvents(), SDL_PeepEvents(NULL,0,SDL_PEEKEVENT,SDL_QUITMASK))
#endif /* _SDL_quit_h */

113
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_rwops.h
View File

@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_rwops.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* This file provides a general interface for SDL to read and write
data sources. It can easily be extended to files, memory, etc.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_RWops_h
#define _SDL_RWops_h
#include <stdio.h>
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic */
typedef struct SDL_RWops {
/* Seek to 'offset' relative to whence, one of stdio's whence values:
SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, SEEK_END
Returns the final offset in the data source.
*/
int (*seek)(struct SDL_RWops *context, int offset, int whence);
/* Read up to 'num' objects each of size 'objsize' from the data
source to the area pointed at by 'ptr'.
Returns the number of objects read, or -1 if the read failed.
*/
int (*read)(struct SDL_RWops *context, void *ptr, int size, int maxnum);
/* Write exactly 'num' objects each of size 'objsize' from the area
pointed at by 'ptr' to data source.
Returns 'num', or -1 if the write failed.
*/
int (*write)(struct SDL_RWops *context, const void *ptr, int size, int num);
/* Close and free an allocated SDL_FSops structure */
int (*close)(struct SDL_RWops *context);
Uint32 type;
union {
struct {
int autoclose;
FILE *fp;
} stdio;
struct {
Uint8 *base;
Uint8 *here;
Uint8 *stop;
} mem;
struct {
void *data1;
} unknown;
} hidden;
} SDL_RWops;
/* Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources */
//extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDL_RWFromFile(const char *file, const char *mode);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDL_RWFromFP(FILE *fp, int autoclose);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDL_RWFromMem(void *mem, int size);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDL_AllocRW(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops *area);
/* Macros to easily read and write from an SDL_RWops structure */
#define SDL_RWseek(ctx, offset, whence) (ctx)->seek(ctx, offset, whence)
#define SDL_RWtell(ctx) (ctx)->seek(ctx, 0, SEEK_CUR)
#define SDL_RWread(ctx, ptr, size, n) (ctx)->read(ctx, ptr, size, n)
#define SDL_RWwrite(ctx, ptr, size, n) (ctx)->write(ctx, ptr, size, n)
#define SDL_RWclose(ctx) (ctx)->close(ctx)
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_RWops_h */

165
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_syswm.h
View File

@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_syswm.h,v 1.5 2001/07/08 09:00:06 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Include file for SDL custom system window manager hooks */
#ifndef _SDL_syswm_h
#define _SDL_syswm_h
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Your application has access to a special type of event 'SDL_SYSWMEVENT',
which contains window-manager specific information and arrives whenever
an unhandled window event occurs. This event is ignored by default, but
you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
*/
#ifdef SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY
struct SDL_SysWMinfo;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo SDL_SysWMinfo;
#else
/* This is the structure for custom window manager events */
#if (defined(unix) || defined(__unix__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(__OpenBSD__)) && \
(!defined(DISABLE_X11) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__))
/* AIX is unix, of course, but the native compiler CSet doesn't define unix */
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
/* These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX */
typedef enum {
SDL_SYSWM_X11
} SDL_SYSWM_TYPE;
/* The UNIX custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union {
XEvent xevent;
} event;
};
/* The UNIX custom window manager information structure.
When this structure is returned, it holds information about which
low level system it is using, and will be one of SDL_SYSWM_TYPE.
*/
typedef struct {
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union {
struct {
Display *display; /* The X11 display */
Window window; /* The X11 display window */
/* These locking functions should be called around
any X11 functions using the display variable.
They lock the event thread, so should not be
called around event functions or from event filters.
*/
void (*lock_func)(void);
void (*unlock_func)(void);
/* Introduced in SDL 1.0.2 */
Window fswindow; /* The X11 fullscreen window */
Window wmwindow; /* The X11 managed input window */
} x11;
} info;
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#elif defined(ENABLE_NANOX)
#include <microwin/nano-X.h>
/* The generic custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
int data;
};
/* The windows custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct {
SDL_version version ;
GR_WINDOW_ID window ; /* The display window */
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#elif defined(WIN32UNDEFINED)
#include <windows.h>
/* The windows custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
HWND hwnd; /* The window for the message */
UINT msg; /* The type of message */
WPARAM wParam; /* WORD message parameter */
LPARAM lParam; /* LONG message parameter */
};
/* The windows custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct {
SDL_version version;
HWND window; /* The Win32 display window */
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#else
/* The generic custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
int data;
};
/* The generic custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct {
SDL_version version;
int data;
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#endif /* OS type */
#endif /* SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY */
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information.
* It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and
* returns 1 if the function is implemented. If it's not implemented, or
* the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_GetWMInfo(SDL_SysWMinfo *info);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_syswm_h */

165
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_syswm.h.BAK
View File

@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_syswm.h,v 1.5 2001/07/08 09:00:06 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Include file for SDL custom system window manager hooks */
#ifndef _SDL_syswm_h
#define _SDL_syswm_h
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Your application has access to a special type of event 'SDL_SYSWMEVENT',
which contains window-manager specific information and arrives whenever
an unhandled window event occurs. This event is ignored by default, but
you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
*/
#ifdef SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY
struct SDL_SysWMinfo;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo SDL_SysWMinfo;
#else
/* This is the structure for custom window manager events */
#if (defined(unix) || defined(__unix__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(__OpenBSD__)) && \
(!defined(DISABLE_X11) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__))
/* AIX is unix, of course, but the native compiler CSet doesn't define unix */
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
/* These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX */
typedef enum {
SDL_SYSWM_X11
} SDL_SYSWM_TYPE;
/* The UNIX custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union {
XEvent xevent;
} event;
};
/* The UNIX custom window manager information structure.
When this structure is returned, it holds information about which
low level system it is using, and will be one of SDL_SYSWM_TYPE.
*/
typedef struct {
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union {
struct {
Display *display; /* The X11 display */
Window window; /* The X11 display window */
/* These locking functions should be called around
any X11 functions using the display variable.
They lock the event thread, so should not be
called around event functions or from event filters.
*/
void (*lock_func)(void);
void (*unlock_func)(void);
/* Introduced in SDL 1.0.2 */
Window fswindow; /* The X11 fullscreen window */
Window wmwindow; /* The X11 managed input window */
} x11;
} info;
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#elif defined(ENABLE_NANOX)
#include <microwin/nano-X.h>
/* The generic custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
int data;
};
/* The windows custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct {
SDL_version version ;
GR_WINDOW_ID window ; /* The display window */
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#elif defined(WIN32)
#include <windows.h>
/* The windows custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
HWND hwnd; /* The window for the message */
UINT msg; /* The type of message */
WPARAM wParam; /* WORD message parameter */
LPARAM lParam; /* LONG message parameter */
};
/* The windows custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct {
SDL_version version;
HWND window; /* The Win32 display window */
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#else
/* The generic custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
int data;
};
/* The generic custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct {
SDL_version version;
int data;
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#endif /* OS type */
#endif /* SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY */
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information.
* It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and
* returns 1 if the function is implemented. If it's not implemented, or
* the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_GetWMInfo(SDL_SysWMinfo *info);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_syswm_h */

79
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_thread.h
View File

@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_thread.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
#ifndef _SDL_thread_h
#define _SDL_thread_h
/* Header for the SDL thread management routines
These are independent of the other SDL routines.
*/
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_types.h"
/* Thread synchronization primitives */
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The SDL thread structure, defined in SDL_thread.c */
struct SDL_Thread;
typedef struct SDL_Thread SDL_Thread;
/* Create a thread */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread * SDL_CreateThread(int (*fn)(void *), void *data);
/* Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread */
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_ThreadID(void);
/* Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread,
equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_GetThreadID(SDL_Thread *thread);
/* Wait for a thread to finish.
The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_WaitThread(SDL_Thread *thread, int *status);
/* Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_KillThread(SDL_Thread *thread);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_thread_h */

118
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_timer.h
View File

@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_timer.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
#ifndef _SDL_timer_h
#define _SDL_timer_h
/* Header for the SDL time management routines */
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds */
#define SDL_TIMESLICE 10
/* This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms */
#define TIMER_RESOLUTION 10 /* Experimentally determined */
/* Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
* Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_GetTicks(void);
/* Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_Delay(Uint32 ms);
/* Function prototype for the timer callback function */
typedef Uint32 (*SDL_TimerCallback)(Uint32 interval);
/* Set a callback to run after the specified number of milliseconds has
* elapsed. The callback function is passed the current timer interval
* and returns the next timer interval. If the returned value is the
* same as the one passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a
* new alarm is scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm
* is cancelled.
*
* To cancel a currently running timer, call SDL_SetTimer(0, NULL);
*
* The timer callback function may run in a different thread than your
* main code, and so shouldn't call any functions from within itself.
*
* The maximum resolution of this timer is 10 ms, which means that if
* you request a 16 ms timer, your callback will run approximately 20 ms
* later on an unloaded system. If you wanted to set a flag signaling
* a frame update at 30 frames per second (every 33 ms), you might set a
* timer for 30 ms:
* SDL_SetTimer((33/10)*10, flag_update);
*
* If you use this function, you need to pass SDL_INIT_TIMER to SDL_Init().
*
* Under UNIX, you should not use raise or use SIGALRM and this function
* in the same program, as it is implemented using setitimer(). You also
* should not use this function in multi-threaded applications as signals
* to multi-threaded apps have undefined behavior in some implementations.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetTimer(Uint32 interval, SDL_TimerCallback callback);
/* New timer API, supports multiple timers
* Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com>
*/
/* Function prototype for the new timer callback function.
* The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
* the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one
* passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
* scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
*/
typedef Uint32 (*SDL_NewTimerCallback)(Uint32 interval, void *param);
/* Definition of the timer ID type */
typedef struct _SDL_TimerID *SDL_TimerID;
/* Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running.
Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TimerID SDL_AddTimer(Uint32 interval, SDL_NewTimerCallback callback, void *param);
/* Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID.
* Returns a boolean value indicating success.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDL_RemoveTimer(SDL_TimerID t);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_timer_h */

176
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_ttf.h
View File

@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL_ttf: A companion library to SDL for working with TrueType (tm) fonts
Copyright (C) 1997 Sam Lantinga
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
5635-34 Springhouse Dr.
Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)
slouken@devolution.com
*/
/* This library is a wrapper around the excellent FreeType 1.0 library,
available at:
http://www.physiol.med.tu-muenchen.de/~robert/freetype.html
*/
#ifndef _SDLttf_h
#define _SDLttf_h
#include "SDL.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The internal structure containing font information */
typedef struct _TTF_Font TTF_Font;
/* Initialize the TTF engine - returns 0 if successful, -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_Init(void);
/* Open a font file and create a font of the specified point size */
extern DECLSPEC TTF_Font *TTF_OpenFont(const char *file, int ptsize);
/* Set and retrieve the font style
This font style is implemented by modifying the font glyphs, and
doesn't reflect any inherent properties of the truetype font file.
*/
#define TTF_STYLE_NORMAL 0x00
#define TTF_STYLE_BOLD 0x01
#define TTF_STYLE_ITALIC 0x02
#define TTF_STYLE_UNDERLINE 0x04
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_GetFontStyle(TTF_Font *font);
extern DECLSPEC void TTF_SetFontStyle(TTF_Font *font, int style);
/* Get the total height of the font - usually equal to point size */
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_FontHeight(TTF_Font *font);
/* Get the offset from the baseline to the top of the font
This is a positive value, relative to the baseline.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_FontAscent(TTF_Font *font);
/* Get the offset from the baseline to the bottom of the font
This is a negative value, relative to the baseline.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_FontDescent(TTF_Font *font);
/* Get the recommended spacing between lines of text for this font */
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_FontLineSkip(TTF_Font *font);
/* Get the metrics (dimensions) of a glyph */
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_GlyphMetrics(TTF_Font *font, Uint16 ch,
int *minx, int *maxx,
int *miny, int *maxy, int *advance);
/* Get the dimensions of a rendered string of text */
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_SizeText(TTF_Font *font, const char *text, int *w, int *h);
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_SizeUTF8(TTF_Font *font, const char *text, int *w, int *h);
extern DECLSPEC int TTF_SizeUNICODE(TTF_Font *font, const Uint16 *text, int *w, int *h);
/* Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given text at
fast quality with the given font and color. The 0 pixel is the
colorkey, giving a transparent background, and the 1 pixel is set
to the text color.
This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderText_Solid(TTF_Font *font,
const char *text, SDL_Color fg);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderUTF8_Solid(TTF_Font *font,
const char *text, SDL_Color fg);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderUNICODE_Solid(TTF_Font *font,
const Uint16 *text, SDL_Color fg);
/* Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given glyph at
fast quality with the given font and color. The 0 pixel is the
colorkey, giving a transparent background, and the 1 pixel is set
to the text color. The glyph is rendered without any padding or
centering in the X direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderGlyph_Solid(TTF_Font *font,
Uint16 ch, SDL_Color fg);
/* Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given text at
high quality with the given font and colors. The 0 pixel is background,
while other pixels have varying degrees of the foreground color.
This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderText_Shaded(TTF_Font *font,
const char *text, SDL_Color fg, SDL_Color bg);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderUTF8_Shaded(TTF_Font *font,
const char *text, SDL_Color fg, SDL_Color bg);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderUNICODE_Shaded(TTF_Font *font,
const Uint16 *text, SDL_Color fg, SDL_Color bg);
/* Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given glyph at
high quality with the given font and colors. The 0 pixel is background,
while other pixels have varying degrees of the foreground color.
The glyph is rendered without any padding or centering in the X
direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderGlyph_Shaded(TTF_Font *font,
Uint16 ch, SDL_Color fg, SDL_Color bg);
/* Create a 32-bit ARGB surface and render the given text at high quality,
using alpha blending to dither the font with the given color.
This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderText_Blended(TTF_Font *font,
const char *text, SDL_Color fg);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderUTF8_Blended(TTF_Font *font,
const char *text, SDL_Color fg);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderUNICODE_Blended(TTF_Font *font,
const Uint16 *text, SDL_Color fg);
/* Create a 32-bit ARGB surface and render the given glyph at high quality,
using alpha blending to dither the font with the given color.
The glyph is rendered without any padding or centering in the X
direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *TTF_RenderGlyph_Blended(TTF_Font *font,
Uint16 ch, SDL_Color fg);
/* For compatibility with previous versions, here are the old functions */
#define TTF_RenderText(font, text, fg, bg) \
TTF_RenderText_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)
#define TTF_RenderUTF8(font, text, fg, bg) \
TTF_RenderUTF8_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)
#define TTF_RenderUNICODE(font, text, fg, bg) \
TTF_RenderUNICODE_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)
/* Close an opened font file */
extern DECLSPEC void TTF_CloseFont(TTF_Font *font);
/* De-initialize the TTF engine */
extern DECLSPEC void TTF_Quit(void);
/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
#define TTF_SetError SDL_SetError
#define TTF_GetError SDL_GetError
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
};
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDLttf_h */

87
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_types.h
View File

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_types.h,v 1.2 2001/04/26 16:50:17 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* General data types used by the SDL library */
#ifndef _SDL_types_h
#define _SDL_types_h
/* The number of elements in a table */
#define SDL_TABLESIZE(table) (sizeof(table)/sizeof(table[0]))
/* Basic data types */
typedef enum {
SDL_FALSE = 0,
SDL_TRUE = 1
} SDL_bool;
typedef unsigned char Uint8;
typedef signed char Sint8;
typedef unsigned short Uint16;
typedef signed short Sint16;
typedef unsigned int Uint32;
typedef signed int Sint32;
/* Figure out how to support 64-bit datatypes */
#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__MWERKS__) /* MJS */
#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE long long
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) /* VC++ */
#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE __int64
#endif
#endif /* !__STRICT_ANSI__ */
/* The 64-bit datatype isn't supported on all platforms */
#ifdef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE
typedef unsigned SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE Uint64;
typedef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE Sint64;
#else
/* This is really just a hack to prevent the compiler from complaining */
typedef struct {
Uint32 hi;
Uint32 lo;
} Uint64, Sint64;
#endif
/* Make sure the types really have the right sizes */
#define SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(name, x) \
typedef int SDL_dummy_ ## name[(x) * 2 - 1]
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint8, sizeof(Uint8) == 1);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint8, sizeof(Sint8) == 1);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint16, sizeof(Uint16) == 2);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint16, sizeof(Sint16) == 2);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint32, sizeof(Uint32) == 4);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint32, sizeof(Sint32) == 4);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint64, sizeof(Uint64) == 8);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint64, sizeof(Sint64) == 8);
#undef SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT
/* General keyboard/mouse state definitions */
enum { SDL_PRESSED = 0x01, SDL_RELEASED = 0x00 };
#endif

90
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_version.h
View File

@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_version.h,v 1.3 2001/06/19 13:35:05 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* This header defines the current SDL version */
#ifndef _SDL_version_h
#define _SDL_version_h
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
*/
#define SDL_MAJOR_VERSION 1
#define SDL_MINOR_VERSION 2
#define SDL_PATCHLEVEL 2
typedef struct {
Uint8 major;
Uint8 minor;
Uint8 patch;
} SDL_version;
/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
* version of the SDL library.
*/
#define SDL_VERSION(X) \
{ \
(X)->major = SDL_MAJOR_VERSION; \
(X)->minor = SDL_MINOR_VERSION; \
(X)->patch = SDL_PATCHLEVEL; \
}
/* This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
(1,2,3) -> (1203)
This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels
*/
#define SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z) \
(X)*1000 + (Y)*100 + (Z)
/* This is the version number macro for the current SDL version */
#define SDL_COMPILEDVERSION \
SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL)
/* This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z */
#define SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z) \
(SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z))
/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library.
it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
use the SDL_Version() macro.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const SDL_version * SDL_Linked_Version(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_version_h */

891
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/SDL_video.h
View File

@ -1,891 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
static char rcsid =
"@(#) $Id: SDL_video.h,v 1.3 2001/06/07 14:28:11 hercules Exp $";
#endif
/* Header file for access to the SDL raw framebuffer window */
#ifndef _SDL_video_h
#define _SDL_video_h
#include <stdio.h>
#include "SDL_types.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */
#define SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
#define SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
/* Useful data types */
typedef struct {
Sint16 x, y;
Uint16 w, h;
} SDL_Rect;
typedef struct {
Uint8 r;
Uint8 g;
Uint8 b;
Uint8 unused;
} SDL_Color;
typedef struct {
int ncolors;
SDL_Color *colors;
} SDL_Palette;
/* Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only */
typedef struct SDL_PixelFormat {
SDL_Palette *palette;
Uint8 BitsPerPixel;
Uint8 BytesPerPixel;
Uint8 Rloss;
Uint8 Gloss;
Uint8 Bloss;
Uint8 Aloss;
Uint8 Rshift;
Uint8 Gshift;
Uint8 Bshift;
Uint8 Ashift;
Uint32 Rmask;
Uint32 Gmask;
Uint32 Bmask;
Uint32 Amask;
/* RGB color key information */
Uint32 colorkey;
/* Alpha value information (per-surface alpha) */
Uint8 alpha;
} SDL_PixelFormat;
/* typedef for private surface blitting functions */
struct SDL_Surface;
typedef int (*SDL_blit)(struct SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
struct SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/* This structure should be treated as read-only, except for 'pixels',
which, if not NULL, contains the raw pixel data for the surface.
*/
typedef struct SDL_Surface {
Uint32 flags; /* Read-only */
SDL_PixelFormat *format; /* Read-only */
int w, h; /* Read-only */
Uint16 pitch; /* Read-only */
void *pixels; /* Read-write */
int offset; /* Private */
/* Hardware-specific surface info */
struct private_hwdata *hwdata;
/* clipping information */
SDL_Rect clip_rect; /* Read-only */
Uint32 unused1; /* for binary compatibility */
/* Allow recursive locks */
Uint32 locked; /* Private */
/* info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces */
struct SDL_BlitMap *map; /* Private */
/* format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps */
unsigned int format_version; /* Private */
/* Reference count -- used when freeing surface */
int refcount; /* Read-mostly */
} SDL_Surface;
/* These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface */
/* Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode() */
#define SDL_SWSURFACE 0x00000000 /* Surface is in system memory */
#define SDL_HWSURFACE 0x00000001 /* Surface is in video memory */
#define SDL_ASYNCBLIT 0x00000004 /* Use asynchronous blits if possible */
/* Available for SDL_SetVideoMode() */
#define SDL_ANYFORMAT 0x10000000 /* Allow any video depth/pixel-format */
#define SDL_HWPALETTE 0x20000000 /* Surface has exclusive palette */
#define SDL_DOUBLEBUF 0x40000000 /* Set up double-buffered video mode */
#define SDL_FULLSCREEN 0x80000000 /* Surface is a full screen display */
#define SDL_OPENGL 0x00000002 /* Create an OpenGL rendering context */
#define SDL_OPENGLBLIT 0x0000000A /* Create an OpenGL rendering context and use it for blitting */
#define SDL_RESIZABLE 0x00000010 /* This video mode may be resized */
#define SDL_NOFRAME 0x00000020 /* No window caption or edge frame */
/* Used internally (read-only) */
#define SDL_HWACCEL 0x00000100 /* Blit uses hardware acceleration */
#define SDL_SRCCOLORKEY 0x00001000 /* Blit uses a source color key */
#define SDL_RLEACCELOK 0x00002000 /* Private flag */
#define SDL_RLEACCEL 0x00004000 /* Surface is RLE encoded */
#define SDL_SRCALPHA 0x00010000 /* Blit uses source alpha blending */
#define SDL_PREALLOC 0x01000000 /* Surface uses preallocated memory */
/* Evaluates to true if the surface needs to be locked before access */
#define SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) \
(surface->offset || \
((surface->flags & (SDL_HWSURFACE|SDL_ASYNCBLIT|SDL_RLEACCEL)) != 0))
/* Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities */
typedef struct {
Uint32 hw_available :1; /* Flag: Can you create hardware surfaces? */
Uint32 wm_available :1; /* Flag: Can you talk to a window manager? */
Uint32 UnusedBits1 :6;
Uint32 UnusedBits2 :1;
Uint32 blit_hw :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits HW --> HW */
Uint32 blit_hw_CC :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits with Colorkey */
Uint32 blit_hw_A :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits with Alpha */
Uint32 blit_sw :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits SW --> HW */
Uint32 blit_sw_CC :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits with Colorkey */
Uint32 blit_sw_A :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits with Alpha */
Uint32 blit_fill :1; /* Flag: Accelerated color fill */
Uint32 UnusedBits3 :16;
Uint32 video_mem; /* The total amount of video memory (in K) */
SDL_PixelFormat *vfmt; /* Value: The format of the video surface */
} SDL_VideoInfo;
/* The most common video overlay formats.
For an explanation of these pixel formats, see:
http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm
For information on the relationship between color spaces, see:
http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html
*/
#define SDL_YV12_OVERLAY 0x32315659 /* Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes) */
#define SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY 0x56555949 /* Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes) */
#define SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY 0x32595559 /* Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane) */
#define SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY 0x59565955 /* Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane) */
#define SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY 0x55595659 /* Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane) */
/* The YUV hardware video overlay */
typedef struct SDL_Overlay {
Uint32 format; /* Read-only */
int w, h; /* Read-only */
int planes; /* Read-only */
Uint16 *pitches; /* Read-only */
Uint8 **pixels; /* Read-write */
/* Hardware-specific surface info */
struct private_yuvhwfuncs *hwfuncs;
struct private_yuvhwdata *hwdata;
/* Special flags */
Uint32 hw_overlay :1; /* Flag: This overlay hardware accelerated? */
Uint32 UnusedBits :31;
} SDL_Overlay;
/* Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes. */
typedef enum {
SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE
} SDL_GLattr;
/* flags for SDL_SetPalette() */
#define SDL_LOGPAL 0x01
#define SDL_PHYSPAL 0x02
/* Function prototypes */
/* These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
* have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use.
* You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
*
* SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection
* to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and
* pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
* Note that event handling is activated by this routine.
*
* If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call
* SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX,
* you won't be able to set full-screen display modes.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_VideoInit(const char *driver_name, Uint32 flags);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_VideoQuit(void);
/* This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
* video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has
* been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized.
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDL_VideoDriverName(char *namebuf, int maxlen);
/*
* This function returns a pointer to the current display surface.
* If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this
* function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video
* surface.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDL_GetVideoSurface(void);
/*
* This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the
* video hardware. If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt'
* member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the
* "best" video mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const SDL_VideoInfo * SDL_GetVideoInfo(void);
/*
* Check to see if a particular video mode is supported.
* It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth,
* or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the
* given width and height. If this bits-per-pixel is different from the
* one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed,
* but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface.
*
* The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to
* SDL_SetVideoMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_VideoModeOK(int width, int height, int bpp, Uint32 flags);
/*
* Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the
* given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest. Returns
* NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format,
* or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format.
*
* If 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given
* by SDL_GetVideoInfo()->vfmt
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Rect ** SDL_ListModes(SDL_PixelFormat *format, Uint32 flags);
/*
* Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel.
*
* If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel.
*
* If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the
* requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is
* available. The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it
* is not natively available.
*
* If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in
* video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface()
* in order to access the raw framebuffer. Otherwise, the video surface
* will be created in system memory.
*
* If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle
* updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels.
* SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock.
*
* If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee
* that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get.
* Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all
* of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look
* at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette.
* If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set,
* i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created
* under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag.
*
* If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set
* a fullscreen video mode. The default is to create a windowed mode
* if the current graphics system has a window manager.
* If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag
* will be set in the surface that is returned.
*
* If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up
* two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call
* SDL_Flip(). This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering
* scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video
* memory while the monitor is refreshing. It should only be used by
* applications that redraw the entire screen on every update.
*
* If SDL_RESIZABLE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will allow the
* window manager, if any, to resize the window at runtime. When this
* occurs, SDL will send a SDL_VIDEORESIZE event to you application,
* and you must respond to the event by re-calling SDL_SetVideoMode()
* with the requested size (or another size that suits the application).
*
* If SDL_NOFRAME is set in 'flags', the SDL library will create a window
* without any title bar or frame decoration. Fullscreen video modes have
* this flag set automatically.
*
* This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails.
*
* If you rely on functionality provided by certain video flags, check the
* flags of the returned surface to make sure that functionality is available.
* SDL will fall back to reduced functionality if the exact flags you wanted
* are not available.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDL_SetVideoMode
(int width, int height, int bpp, Uint32 flags);
/*
* Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen.
* If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire
* screen.
* These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_UpdateRects
(SDL_Surface *screen, int numrects, SDL_Rect *rects);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_UpdateRect
(SDL_Surface *screen, Sint32 x, Sint32 y, Uint32 w, Uint32 h);
/*
* On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip
* and returns. The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap
* video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return.
* On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent
* to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
* The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when
* setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping.
* This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_Flip(SDL_Surface *screen);
/*
* Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels.
* The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0
*
* If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will
* be emulated using gamma ramps, if available. If successful, this
* function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetGamma(float red, float green, float blue);
/*
* Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
* of the video hardware. Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
* representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
* The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
* gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
*
* You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged.
* If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or
* hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
* this function will return -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetGammaRamp(Uint16 *red, Uint16 *green, Uint16 *blue);
/*
* Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables.
*
* You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities.
* Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel.
* If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or
* hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
* this function will return -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_GetGammaRamp(Uint16 *red, Uint16 *green, Uint16 *blue);
/*
* Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface. If 'surface'
* is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0.
* If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will
* return 1. If not all the color entries were set exactly as given,
* it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to
* determine the actual color palette.
*
* When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the
* display colormap will be updated with the requested colors. If
* SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors()
* will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way
* you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under
* emulation.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetColors(SDL_Surface *surface,
SDL_Color *colors, int firstcolor, int ncolors);
/*
* Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface.
* 'flags' is one or both of:
* SDL_LOGPAL -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped
* to/from the surface,
* SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on
* the screen
* Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical
* palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set.
*
* The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0
* otherwise.
*
* SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with
* flags = (SDL_LOGPAL|SDL_PHYSPAL).
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetPalette(SDL_Surface *surface, int flags,
SDL_Color *colors, int firstcolor,
int ncolors);
/*
* Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_MapRGB
(SDL_PixelFormat *format, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
/*
* Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDL_MapRGBA(SDL_PixelFormat *format,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
/*
* Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_GetRGB(Uint32 pixel, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt,
Uint8 *r, Uint8 *g, Uint8 *b);
/*
* Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt,
Uint8 *r, Uint8 *g, Uint8 *b, Uint8 *a);
/*
* Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode)
* If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
* If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
* flags '[RGB]mask'.
* If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
*
* The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create.
* SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory.
* SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory,
* with the same format as the display surface. This is useful for surfaces
* that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration
* when being blitted to the display surface.
* SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with
* this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels.
* SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock.
* SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits.
* If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between
* two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in
* video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware
* acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory.
* SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and
* if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between
* two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory
* if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory.
* If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster,
* but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format,
* and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use
* the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls.
* If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE
* will be set in the flags member of the returned surface. If for some
* reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have
* the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead.
*/
#define SDL_AllocSurface SDL_CreateRGBSurface
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDL_CreateRGBSurface
(Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth,
Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
int width, int height, int depth, int pitch,
Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_FreeSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
/*
* SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
* Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
* to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in
* 'surface->format'. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
* use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
*
* Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
* to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
* pixel format of the surface will not change. In particular, if the
* SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you
* will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it.
*
* No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
* pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
*
* SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_LockSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_UnlockSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
/*
* Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
* If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read.
* Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
* The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
*/
//extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
/* Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file */
#define SDL_LoadBMP(file) SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
/*
* Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
* If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written.
* Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SaveBMP_RW
(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_RWops *dst, int freedst);
/* Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file */
#define SDL_SaveBMP(surface, file) \
SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(file, "wb"), 1)
/*
* Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
* If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL),
* 'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit.
* SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present,
* and removes RLE acceleration if absent.
* If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key.
* This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetColorKey
(SDL_Surface *surface, Uint32 flag, Uint32 key);
/*
* This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to
* using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range
* of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255
* being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be
* opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note
* that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency.
*
* If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface.
* If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface.
* OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the
* surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetAlpha(SDL_Surface *surface, Uint32 flag, Uint8 alpha);
/*
* Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
*
* If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
* If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
* return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the
* function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
* the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
*
* Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
* and destination surfaces.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDL_SetClipRect(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_Rect *rect);
/*
* Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
* 'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
* with the correct values.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_GetClipRect(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_Rect *rect);
/*
* Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
* the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
* fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL.
*
* The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
* semantics. You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
* SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
* surface.
*
* This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat().
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDL_ConvertSurface
(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt, Uint32 flags);
/*
* This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination
* surface. It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
* the same size. If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire
* surface (src or dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved
* in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed.
* If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
*
* The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
*
* The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey
* are defined as follows:
*
* RGBA->RGB:
* SDL_SRCALPHA set:
* alpha-blend (using alpha-channel).
* SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
* SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
* copy RGB.
* if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
* RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
* comparison.
*
* RGB->RGBA:
* SDL_SRCALPHA set:
* alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value);
* set destination alpha to opaque.
* SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
* copy RGB, set destination alpha to opaque.
* both:
* if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
* source colour key.
*
* RGBA->RGBA:
* SDL_SRCALPHA set:
* alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values;
* leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?]
* SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
* SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
* copy all of RGBA to the destination.
* if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
* RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
* comparison.
*
* RGB->RGB:
* SDL_SRCALPHA set:
* alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value).
* SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
* copy RGB.
* both:
* if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
* source colour key.
*
* If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2,
* the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and
* re-blitted:
while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) == -2 ) {
while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 )
Sleep(10);
-- Write image pixels to image->pixels --
SDL_UnlockSurface(image);
}
* This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your
* fullscreen application. The lock will also fail until you have access
* to the video memory again.
*/
/* You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions.
*/
#define SDL_BlitSurface SDL_UpperBlit
/* This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_UpperBlit
(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/* This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
blitting only.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_LowerBlit
(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/*
* This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color'
* The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area
* and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer.
* If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color'
* The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
* can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
* This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_FillRect
(SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect, Uint32 color);
/*
* This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
* pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast
* blitting onto the display surface. It calls SDL_ConvertSurface()
*
* If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
* acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
* calling this function.
*
* If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDL_DisplayFormat(SDL_Surface *surface);
/*
* This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
* pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible),
* suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface.
* The new surface will always have an alpha channel.
*
* If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
* acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
* calling this function.
*
* If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(SDL_Surface *surface);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* YUV video surface overlay functions */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* This function creates a video output overlay
Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because
the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay
is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Overlay *SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(int width, int height,
Uint32 format, SDL_Surface *display);
/* Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_LockYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
/* Blit a video overlay to the display surface.
The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are
not defined.
The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from
that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/* Free a video overlay */
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* OpenGL support functions. */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/*
* Dynamically load a GL driver, if SDL is built with dynamic GL.
*
* SDL links normally with the OpenGL library on your system by default,
* but you can compile it to dynamically load the GL driver at runtime.
* If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
* your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
*
* This is disabled in default builds of SDL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
/*
* Get the address of a GL function (for extension functions)
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(const char* proc);
/*
* Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int value);
/*
* Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing
* interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting
* the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only
* stores the values you request before initialization.
*
* Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute
* themselves if they want to retrieve these values.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_GL_GetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int* value);
/*
* Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_GL_SwapBuffers(void);
/*
* Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read
* and understood the source code for these functions.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_GL_UpdateRects(int numrects, SDL_Rect* rects);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_GL_Lock(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_GL_Unlock(void);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any. */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/*
* Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_WM_SetCaption(const char *title, const char *icon);
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_WM_GetCaption(char **title, char **icon);
/*
* Sets the icon for the display window.
* This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode().
* It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format.
* If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_WM_SetIcon(SDL_Surface *icon, Uint8 *mask);
/*
* This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded.
* If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event.
* This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WM_IconifyWindow(void);
/*
* Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen.
* If the display surface does not require locking before accessing
* the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change.
*
* If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from
* running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1.
* If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0.
*
* The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen
* attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not
* set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported.
*
* This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(SDL_Surface *surface);
/*
* This function allows you to set and query the input grab state of
* the application. It returns the new input grab state.
*/
typedef enum {
SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1,
SDL_GRAB_OFF = 0,
SDL_GRAB_ON = 1,
SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN /* Used internally */
} SDL_GrabMode;
/*
* Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window,
* and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application,
* and not interpreted by a window manager, if any.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GrabMode SDL_WM_GrabInput(SDL_GrabMode mode);
/* Not in public API at the moment - do not use! */
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SoftStretch(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_video_h */

91
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/begin_code.h
View File

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
/* This file sets things up for C dynamic library function definitions,
static inlined functions, and structures aligned at 4-byte alignment.
If you don't like ugly C preprocessor code, don't look at this file. :)
*/
/* This shouldn't be nested -- included it around code only. */
#ifdef _begin_code_h
#error Nested inclusion of begin_code.h
#endif
#define _begin_code_h
/* Some compilers use a special export keyword */
#ifndef DECLSPEC
# ifdef __BEOS__
# if defined(__GNUC__)
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(export)
# endif
# else
# ifdef WIN32UNDEFINED
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define DECLSPEC
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Force structure packing at 4 byte alignment.
This is necessary if the header is included in code which has structure
packing set to an alternate value, say for loading structures from disk.
The packing is reset to the previous value in close_code.h
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable: 4103)
#endif
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#pragma pack(push,4)
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
/* Set up compiler-specific options for inlining functions */
#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#else
/* Add any special compiler-specific cases here */
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define __inline__ __inline
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#else
#if !defined(__MRC__) && !defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
#define __inline__ inline
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#endif /* Not a funky compiler */
#endif /* Visual C++ */
#endif /* GNU C */
#endif /* SDL_INLINE_OKAY */
/* If inlining isn't supported, remove "__inline__", turning static
inlined functions into static functions (resulting in code bloat
in all files which include the offending header files)
*/
#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#define __inline__
#endif

91
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/begin_code.h.BAK
View File

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
/* This file sets things up for C dynamic library function definitions,
static inlined functions, and structures aligned at 4-byte alignment.
If you don't like ugly C preprocessor code, don't look at this file. :)
*/
/* This shouldn't be nested -- included it around code only. */
#ifdef _begin_code_h
#error Nested inclusion of begin_code.h
#endif
#define _begin_code_h
/* Some compilers use a special export keyword */
#ifndef DECLSPEC
# ifdef __BEOS__
# if defined(__GNUC__)
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(export)
# endif
# else
# ifdef WIN32
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define DECLSPEC
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Force structure packing at 4 byte alignment.
This is necessary if the header is included in code which has structure
packing set to an alternate value, say for loading structures from disk.
The packing is reset to the previous value in close_code.h
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable: 4103)
#endif
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#pragma pack(push,4)
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
/* Set up compiler-specific options for inlining functions */
#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#else
/* Add any special compiler-specific cases here */
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define __inline__ __inline
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#else
#if !defined(__MRC__) && !defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
#define __inline__ inline
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#endif /* Not a funky compiler */
#endif /* Visual C++ */
#endif /* GNU C */
#endif /* SDL_INLINE_OKAY */
/* If inlining isn't supported, remove "__inline__", turning static
inlined functions into static functions (resulting in code bloat
in all files which include the offending header files)
*/
#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#define __inline__
#endif

36
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/SDL/close_code.h
View File

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@devolution.com
*/
/* This file reverses the effects of begin_code.h and should be included
after you finish any function and structure declarations in your headers
*/
#undef _begin_code_h
/* Reset structure packing at previous byte alignment */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#pragma pack(pop)
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */

11
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/curl/curl.h
View File

@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
typedef int CURL;
typedef int CURLM;
#include <time.h>
char *curl_unescape( char * url , int length );
void curl_free( char * ptr );
char *curl_easy_unescape( CURL * curl , char * url , int inlength , int * outlength );
void curl_easy_cleanup(CURL * handle );
CURL *curl_easy_init( );
time_t curl_getdate(char * datestring , time_t *now );

528
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
View File

@ -1,528 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftconfig.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
/* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
/* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
/* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
/* compiler. */
/* */
/* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
/* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
/* */
/* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/<system>', and */
/* contains system-specific files that are always included first when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* This ANSI version should stay in `include/freetype/config'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
#define __FTCONFIG_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
/* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
/* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
/* `freetype/builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
/* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
/* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char' type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
/* The size of an `int' type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
/* Preferred alignment of data */
#define FT_ALIGNMENT 8
/* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
/* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
/* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
/* porter should need to mess with them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Mac support */
/* */
/* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
/* providing a new configuration file. */
/* */
#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
#else
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
/* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile */
/* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__ */
/* is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
/* */
#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#ifdef __STDC__
/* undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode */
#undef FT_LONG64
#undef FT_INT64
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER
/* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */
/* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC. */
#if defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) /* RVCT */
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
/* documentation is in freetype.h */
static __inline FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 t, t2;
__asm
{
smull t2, t, b, a /* (lo=t2,hi=t) = a*b */
mov a, t, asr #31 /* a = (hi >> 31) */
add a, a, #0x8000 /* a += 0x8000 */
adds t2, t2, a /* t2 += a */
adc t, t, #0 /* t += carry */
mov a, t2, lsr #16 /* a = t2 >> 16 */
orr a, a, t, lsl #16 /* a |= t << 16 */
}
return a;
}
#endif /* __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ ) && \
!( defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) )
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
/* documentation is in freetype.h */
static __inline__ FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 t, t2;
asm __volatile__ (
"smull %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t" /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */
"mov %0, %2, asr #31\n\t" /* %0 = (hi >> 31) */
"add %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t" /* %0 += 0x8000 */
"adds %1, %1, %0\n\t" /* %1 += %0 */
"adc %2, %2, #0\n\t" /* %2 += carry */
"mov %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t" /* %0 = %1 >> 16 */
"orr %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t" /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */
: "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t)
: "r"(a), "r"(b) );
return a;
}
#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ && !( __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ ) */
#if defined( __i386__ )
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
/* documentation is in freetype.h */
static __inline__ FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 result;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"imul %%edx\n"
"movl %%edx, %%ecx\n"
"sarl $31, %%ecx\n"
"addl $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
"addl %%ecx, %%eax\n"
"adcl $0, %%edx\n"
"shrl $16, %%eax\n"
"shll $16, %%edx\n"
"addl %%edx, %%eax\n"
: "=a"(result), "=d"(b)
: "a"(a), "d"(b)
: "%ecx", "cc" );
return result;
}
#endif /* i386 */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
#endif
#endif
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
/* END */

780
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h
View File

@ -1,780 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
#define __FT_HEADER_H__
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
* use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
* store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* glyph image-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
* memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
* @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
* including scalable outlines.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* charmap-based cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_XFREE86_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
* X.Org X11 servers.
*/
#define FT_XFREE86_H <freetype/ftxf86.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
/* END */

26
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/*
* This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.
*
* If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED! Instead, it is created in
* the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/') based on information
* from `<topdir>/modules.cfg'.
*
* Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY' and `docs/CUSTOMIZE' how to compile
* FreeType without GNU make.
*
*/
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
/* EOF */

733
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
View File

@ -1,733 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoption.h */
/* */
/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, */
/* 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
#define __FTOPTION_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
/* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
/* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
/* */
/* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
/* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
/* library from a single source directory. */
/* */
/* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
/* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
/* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
/* include path during compilation. */
/* */
/* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
/* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
/* that for your own projects. */
/* */
/* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
/* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
/* locate this file during the build. For example, */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
/* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
/* */
/* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
/* definitions. */
/* */
/* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
/* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
/* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
/* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
/* */
/* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
/* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
/* */
/* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
/* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
/* */
/* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
/* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
/* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
/* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
/* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
/* */
/* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
/* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
/* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
/* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
/* */
/* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
/* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
/* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
/* */
/* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
/* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
/* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
/* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
/* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
/* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
/* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
/* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
/* */
/* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
/* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* LZW-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
/* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
/* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
/* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
/* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ZLib library selection */
/* */
/* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
/* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
/* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
/* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
/* */
/* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
/* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
/* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
/* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
/* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* DLL export compilation */
/* */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
/* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
/* declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
/* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
/* allow normal compilation. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
/* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
/* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
/* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
/* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
/* */
/* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
/* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
/* `post' table. */
/* */
/* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
/* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
/* */
/* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
/* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
/* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
/* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
/* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
/* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
/* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
/* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
/* fonts. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Support for Mac fonts */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
/* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
/* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
/* */
/* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
/* */
/* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
/* GNU/Linux). */
/* */
/* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
/* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
/* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
/* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
/* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
/* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
/* names must be used. */
/* */
/* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
/* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
/* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
/* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
/* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
/* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
/* to do all of its work. */
/* */
/* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize */
/* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary */
/* allocation of the render pool. */
/* */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MAX_MODULES */
/* */
/* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
/* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
/* */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Debug level */
/* */
/* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
/* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
/* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
/* execution. */
/* */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
/* */
/* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Memory Debugging */
/* */
/* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
/* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
/* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
/* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
/* */
/* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
/* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Module errors */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
/* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
/* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
/* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
/* FreeType 2. */
/* */
/* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Position Independent Code */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
/* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
/* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
/* code will be used. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
/* fixups, such as BREW. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
/* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
/* TrueType & OpenType). */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
/* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
/* OpenType file. */
/* */
/* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
/* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
/* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
/* */
/* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
/* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
/* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
/* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
/* does not contain any glyph name though. */
/* */
/* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
/* `freetype/ftsnames.h'. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* TrueType CMap support */
/* */
/* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
/* supported. */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
/* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
/* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
/* define it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version */
/* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement */
/* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms. The patents related to */
/* TrueType hinting have expired worldwide since May 2010; this option */
/* is now deprecated. */
/* */
/* Note that the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* */
/* if you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, */
/* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or */
/* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time. */
/* */
/* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly */
/* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly */
/* load glyphs. For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results, */
/* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from */
/* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used. */
/* */
/* - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user */
/* through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag */
/* when opening the FT_Face. */
/* */
/* - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the */
/* `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about. The font engine */
/* contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching */
/* parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file */
/* `src/truetype/ttobjs.c'). */
/* */
/* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Parameter parameter; */
/* FT_Open_Args open_args; */
/* */
/* */
/* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING; */
/* */
/* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; */
/* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; */
/* open_args.num_params = 1; */
/* open_args.params = &parameter; */
/* */
/* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType */
/* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
/* table. This results in smaller and faster code for a number of */
/* architectures. */
/* */
/* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
/* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
/* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
/* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
/* */
/* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
/* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
/* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
/* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
/* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
/* fonts will not have them. */
/* */
/* http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/opentype/glyf.html */
/* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
/* */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
/* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
/* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
/* Masters support. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
/* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximal depth of nest dictionaries and */
/* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
/* required. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
/* calls during glyph loading. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
/* minimum of 16 is required. */
/* */
/* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
/* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
/* unable to produce kerning distances. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
/* driver. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
/* support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/* */
/*
* Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
* structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2. This also compiles in
* a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
* distributions.
*
* For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
* is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
* size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
/*
* To detect legacy cache-lookup call from a rogue client (<= 2.1.7),
* we restrict the number of charmaps in a font. The current API of
* FTC_CMapCache_Lookup() takes cmap_index & charcode, but old API
* takes charcode only. To determine the passed value is for cmap_index
* or charcode, the possible cmap_index is restricted not to exceed
* the minimum possible charcode by a rogue client. It is also very
* unlikely that a rogue client is interested in Unicode values 0 to 15.
*
* NOTE: The original threshold was 4 deduced from popular number of
* cmap subtables in UCS-4 TrueType fonts, but now it is not
* irregular for OpenType fonts to have more than 4 subtables,
* because variation selector subtables are available for Apple
* and Microsoft platforms.
*/
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
#define FT_MAX_CHARMAP_CACHEABLE 15
#endif
/*
* This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
* hinting is requested by the definitions above.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
/* END */

173
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
View File

@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstdlib.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
/* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
/* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
/* */
/* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override */
/* it. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* integer limits */
/* */
/* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
/* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
/* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
/* */
/* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
/* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
/* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
/* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
/* */
/* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
/* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* character and string processing */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* file handling */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* sorting */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* memory allocation */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_atol atol
#define ft_labs labs
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* execution control */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
/* END */

3919
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/freetype.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

39
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ft2build.h
View File

@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */
/* (Generic version) */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file corresponds to the default `ft2build.h' file for */
/* FreeType 2. It uses the `freetype' include root. */
/* */
/* Note that specific platforms might use a different configuration. */
/* See builds/unix/ft2unix.h for an example. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
#define __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
#include "ftheader.h"
#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__ */
/* END */

130
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ft_conf.h
View File

@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
/* This file is part of the FreeType project */
/* ft_conf.h for MSDOS */
/* we need the following because there are some typedefs in this file */
#ifndef FT_CONF_H
#define FT_CONF_H
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
/* #undef const */
/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#undef HAVE_MMAP
/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define if you have the memcpy function. */
#define HAVE_MEMCPY
/* Define if you have the memmove function. */
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE
/* Define if you have the valloc function. */
#undef HAVE_VALLOC
/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H
/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#if defined( __EMX__ ) || defined( __DJGPP__ ) || defined( __GO32__ )
/* some compilers are known to have <unistd.h>; */
/* add yours if needed, and report to us the update. */
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H
#else
/* most MS-DOS compilers lack <unistd.h> */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#endif
/* Define if you need <conio.h> for console I/O functions. */
#ifdef __EMX__
#define HAVE_CONIO_H
#endif
/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
/* Define if you have the libintl library. */
#undef HAVE_LIBINTL
#define HAVE_PRINT_FUNCTION 1
#define Print( format, ap )
#include <limits.h>
#if UINT_MAX == 0xFFFF
#define SIZEOF_INT 2
#elif UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFF
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#else
#error "Unsupported number of bytes in `int' type!"
#endif
#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTEND_ENGINE
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GRAY_SCALING
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_INTERPRETER
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_THREAD_SAFE
#undef DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
#undef DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
#if SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int TT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int TT_Word32;
#elif SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long TT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long TT_Word32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found"
#endif
#if SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* LONG64 must be defined when a 64-bit type is available */
/* INT64 must then be defined to this type.. */
#define LONG64
#define INT64 long
#else
/* GCC provides the non-ANSI 'long long' 64-bit type. You can activate */
/* by defining the TT_USE_LONG_LONG macro in 'ft_conf.h'. Note that this */
/* will produce many -ansi warnings during library compilation. */
#ifdef TT_USE_LONG_LONG
#define LONG64
#define INT64 long long
#endif /* TT_USE_LONG_LONG */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CONF_H */
/* END */

179
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h
View File

@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__
#define __FTADVANC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000UL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font */
/* units. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value, in either font units or 16.16 */
/* format. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font */
/* units. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format. */
/* This array must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */
/* END */

94
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
View File

@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
#define __FTBBOX_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

209
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftbdf.h
View File

@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
#define __FTBDF_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
/* END */

227
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h
View File

@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
#define __FTBITMAP_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a */
/* bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
/* line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
/* END */

1140
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftcache.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

103
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftchapters.h
View File

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/

166
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftcid.h
View File

@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCID_H__
#define __FTCID_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement);
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
/* END */

244
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/fterrdef.h
View File

@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
/* including this file. */
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, \
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, \
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, \
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, \
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, \
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, \
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, \
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, \
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, \
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, \
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, \
"array allocation size too large" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, \
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, \
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, \
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, \
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, \
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, \
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, \
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, \
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, \
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, \
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, \
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, \
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, \
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, \
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, \
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, \
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, \
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, \
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, \
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, \
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, \
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, \
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, \
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, \
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, \
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, \
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, \
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, \
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, \
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, \
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, \
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, \
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, \
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, \
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, \
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, \
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, \
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, \
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, \
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, \
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, \
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, \
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, \
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, \
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, \
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, \
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, \
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, \
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, \
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, \
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, \
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, \
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, \
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, \
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, \
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, \
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, \
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, \
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, \
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, \
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, \
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, \
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, \
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, \
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, \
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, \
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, \
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, \
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, \
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, \
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, \
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, \
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, \
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, \
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, \
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, \
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, \
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* END */

161
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/fterrid.h
View File

@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
/*******************************************************************
*
* fterrid.h
*
* TrueType Error ID definitions
*
* Copyright 1996-1999 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used
* modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
******************************************************************/
#ifndef FREETYPE_H
#error "Don't include this file! Use freetype.h instead."
#endif
#ifndef FTERRID_H
#define FTERRID_H
/************************ error codes declaration **************/
/* The error codes are grouped in 'classes' used to indicate the */
/* 'level' at which the error happened. */
/* The class is given by an error code's high byte. */
/* ------------- Success is always 0 -------- */
#define TT_Err_Ok 0
/* -------- High-level API error codes ------ */
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle 0x001
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Instance_Handle 0x002
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Handle 0x003
#define TT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle 0x004
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Result_Address 0x005
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Index 0x006
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Argument 0x007
#define TT_Err_Could_Not_Open_File 0x008
#define TT_Err_File_Is_Not_Collection 0x009
#define TT_Err_Table_Missing 0x00A
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Horiz_Metrics 0x00B
#define TT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Format 0x00C
#define TT_Err_Invalid_PPem 0x00D
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Vert_Metrics 0x00E
#define TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format 0x010
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Engine 0x020
#define TT_Err_Too_Many_Extensions 0x021
#define TT_Err_Extensions_Unsupported 0x022
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Extension_Id 0x023
#define TT_Err_No_Vertical_Data 0x030
#define TT_Err_Max_Profile_Missing 0x080
#define TT_Err_Header_Table_Missing 0x081
#define TT_Err_Horiz_Header_Missing 0x082
#define TT_Err_Locations_Missing 0x083
#define TT_Err_Name_Table_Missing 0x084
#define TT_Err_CMap_Table_Missing 0x085
#define TT_Err_Hmtx_Table_Missing 0x086
#define TT_Err_OS2_Table_Missing 0x087
#define TT_Err_Post_Table_Missing 0x088
#define TT_Err_Glyf_Table_Missing 0x089
/* -------- Memory component error codes ---- */
/* this error indicates that an operation cannot */
/* be performed due to memory exhaustion. */
#define TT_Err_Out_Of_Memory 0x100
/* -------- File component error codes ------ */
/* these error codes indicate that the file could */
/* not be accessed properly. Usually, this means */
/* a broken font file! */
#define TT_Err_Invalid_File_Offset 0x200
#define TT_Err_Invalid_File_Read 0x201
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Frame_Access 0x202
/* -------- Glyph loader error codes -------- */
/* Produced only by the glyph loader, these error */
/* codes indicate a broken glyph in a font file. */
#define TT_Err_Too_Many_Points 0x300
#define TT_Err_Too_Many_Contours 0x301
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Composite 0x302
#define TT_Err_Too_Many_Ins 0x303
/* --- bytecode interpreter error codes ----- */
/* These error codes are produced by the TrueType */
/* bytecode interpreter. They usually indicate a */
/* broken font file, a broken glyph within a font */
/* file, or a bug in the interpreter! */
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Opcode 0x400
#define TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments 0x401
#define TT_Err_Stack_Overflow 0x402
#define TT_Err_Code_Overflow 0x403
#define TT_Err_Bad_Argument 0x404
#define TT_Err_Divide_By_Zero 0x405
#define TT_Err_Storage_Overflow 0x406
#define TT_Err_Cvt_Overflow 0x407
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Reference 0x408
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Distance 0x409
#define TT_Err_Interpolate_Twilight 0x40A
#define TT_Err_Debug_OpCode 0x40B
#define TT_Err_ENDF_In_Exec_Stream 0x40C
#define TT_Err_Out_Of_CodeRanges 0x40D
#define TT_Err_Nested_DEFS 0x40E
#define TT_Err_Invalid_CodeRange 0x40F
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Displacement 0x410
#define TT_Err_Execution_Too_Long 0x411
/* ------ internal failure error codes ----- */
/* These error codes are produced when an incoherent */
/* library state has been detected. These reflect a */
/* severe bug in the engine! (Or a major overwrite */
/* of your application into the library's data.) */
#define TT_Err_Nested_Frame_Access 0x500
#define TT_Err_Invalid_Cache_List 0x501
#define TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context 0x502
#define TT_Err_Unlisted_Object 0x503
/* ---- scan-line converter error codes ----- */
/* These error codes are produced by the raster component. */
/* They indicate that an outline structure was incoherently */
/* setup, or that you're trying to render an horribly */
/* complex glyph! */
#define TT_Err_Raster_Pool_Overflow 0x600
#define TT_Err_Raster_Negative_Height 0x601
#define TT_Err_Raster_Invalid_Value 0x602
#define TT_Err_Raster_Not_Initialized 0x603
#endif /* FTERRID_H */
/* END */

206
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/fterrors.h
View File

@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2 */
/* enumeration constants. It can also be used to generate error message */
/* strings with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* I - Error Formats */
/* ----------------- */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType 2). You can then use the macro */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE macro to extract the generic error code from an */
/* FT_Error value. */
/* */
/* */
/* II - Error Message strings */
/* -------------------------- */
/* */
/* The error definitions below are made through special macros that */
/* allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
/* if they need it. The strings are not included in a normal build of */
/* FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use */
/* them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file: */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST :: */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls */
/* (see below). */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) :: */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. */
/* `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument). */
/* `v' is the error numerical value. */
/* `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST :: */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_XCAT
#undef FT_ERR_CAT
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_CONCAT
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX is needed for ftvalid.h */
#ifndef FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* END */

120
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftgasp.h
View File

@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
#define _FT_GASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* Smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
* return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
/* END */

613
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
View File

@ -1,613 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
#define __FTGLYPH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed float format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_xxx */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
/* @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_truncate :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_pixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

358
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftgxval.h
View File

@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
#define __FTGXVAL_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
/* END */

102
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftgzip.h
View File

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
#define __FTGZIP_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
/* END */

780
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftheader.h
View File

@ -1,780 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
#define __FT_HEADER_H__
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
* use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
* store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* glyph image-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
* memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
* @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
* including scalable outlines.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* charmap-based cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_XFREE86_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
* X.Org X11 servers.
*/
#define FT_XFREE86_H <freetype/ftxf86.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
/* END */

1313
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftimage.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

353
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftincrem.h
View File

@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
#define __FTINCREM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
* an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
/* END */

213
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
View File

@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
* filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
* through @FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes
* which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
*
* Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
* *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
* in order to activate it.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
* cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might
* be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
*
* It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and
* up to 3~pixels to the right.
*
* The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
* need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
* the filter.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* Use this function to override the filter weights selected by
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple
* (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10,
* 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have
* any effect.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
/* END */

277
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftlist.h
View File

@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
#define __FTLIST_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object which handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
/* END */

99
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftlzw.h
View File

@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
#define __FTLZW_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
/* END */

274
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftmac.h
View File

@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
#define __FTMAC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name which is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
/* END */

378
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftmm.h
View File

@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMM_H__
#define __FTMM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
/* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
/* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
/* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
/* consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
/* number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for GX. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
/* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
/* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
/* `name'). */
/* Not meaningful for MM. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* or GX var distortable font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* MM; no limit in GX. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
/* GX which allows certain design coordinates to */
/* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
/* associated with them. The font can tell the */
/* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
/* */
/* namedstyles :: A table of named styles. */
/* Only meaningful with GX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must free */
/* (a single call to FT_FREE will do it). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
/* through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
/* END */

483
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h
View File

@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
#define __FTMODAPI_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, and remove modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
/* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
* support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
*
* Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
* scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces
* bad output for most other fonts.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
/* END */

155
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h
View File

@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error offsets. */
/* */
/* The lower byte gives the error code, the higher byte gives the */
/* module. The base module has error offset 0. For example, the error */
/* `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x003, the error */
/* `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1103, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1203, etc. */
/* */
/* Undefine the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in ftoption.h */
/* to make the higher byte always zero (disabling the module error */
/* mechanism). */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* To use such a table, all errors must be ANDed with 0xFF00 to remove */
/* the error code. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
#define __FTMODERR_H__
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x300, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x400, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x500, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x600, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x700, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x800, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0x900, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xA00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xB00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xC00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xD00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xE00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0xF00, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1000, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1100, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1200, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1300, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1400, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
/* END */

628
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftnameid.h
View File

@ -1,628 +0,0 @@
/*******************************************************************
*
* ftnameid.h
*
* TrueType Name ID definitions
*
* Copyright 1996-1999 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used
* modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
******************************************************************/
#ifndef FREETYPE_H
#error "Don't include this file! Use freetype.h instead."
#endif
#ifndef FTNAMEID_H
#define FTNAMEID_H
/*
* possible values for the 'Platform' identifier code in the name
* records of the TTF "name" table
*/
#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE 0
#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH 1
#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO 2
#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT 3
/*
* possible values of the platform specific encoding identifier field in
* the name records of the TTF "name" table when the 'Platform' identifier
* code is TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE
*/
#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT 0
#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 1
#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 2
#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 3
/*
* possible values of the platform specific encoding identifier field in
* the name records of the TTF "name" table when the 'Platform' identifier
* code is TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH
*/
#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN 0
#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE 1
#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE 2
#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN 3
#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC 4
#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW 5
#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK 6
#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN 7
#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL 8
#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI 9
#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI 10
#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI 11
#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA 12
#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI 13
#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL 14
#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU 15
#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA 16
#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM 17
#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE 18
#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE 19
#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER 20
#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI 21
#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN 22
#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN 23
#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN 24
#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN 25
#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE 25
#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN 26
#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN 27
#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ 28
#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC 29
#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE 30
#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI 31
#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP 32
/*
* possible values of the platform specific encoding identifier field in
* the name records of the TTF "name" table when the 'Platform' identifier
* code is TT_PLATFORM_ISO
*/
#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII 0
#define TT_ISO_ID_10646 1
#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 2
/*
* possible values of the platform specific encoding identifier field in
* the name records of the TTF "name" table when the 'Platform' identifier
* code is TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT
*/
#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS 0
#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS 1
#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS 2
#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312 3
#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 4
#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG 5
#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB 6
/*
* possible values of the language identifier field in the name records of
* the TTF "name" table when the 'Platform' identifier code is
* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH
*
* the canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at
* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html
*/
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH 0
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH 1
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN 2
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN 3
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH 4
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH 5
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH 6
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH 7
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE 8
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN 9
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW 10
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE 11
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC 12
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH 13
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK 14
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC 15
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE 16
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH 17
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN 18
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 19
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU 20
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI 21
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI 22
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN 23
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN 24
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH 25
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN 26
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN 27
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH 28
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK 29
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE 30
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI 31
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN 32
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED 33
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH 34
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH 35
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN 36
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN 37
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH 38
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK 39
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN 40
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH 41
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN 42
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN 43
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN 44
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN 45
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN 46
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK 47
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH 48
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI 49
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT 50
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN 51
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN 52
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN 53
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ 54
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI 55
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN 56
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN 57
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 58
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO 59
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH 60
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI 61
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI 62
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN 63
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI 64
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT 65
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI 66
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI 67
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE 68
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI 69
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI 70
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA 71
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM 72
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA 73
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL 74
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU 75
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE 76
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE 77
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER 78
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO 79
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE 80
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN 81
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG 82
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT 83
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT 84
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC 85
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA 86
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA 87
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI 88
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI 89
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA 90
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI 91
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA 92
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY 93
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO 94
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH 128
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE 129
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN 130
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN 131
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA 132
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI 133
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA 134
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR 135
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR 136
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA 137
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE 138
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE 139
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 140
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 141
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON 142
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT 143
/*
* possible values of the language identifier field in the name records of
* the TTF "name" table when the 'Platform' identifier code is
* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT
*
* the canonical source for the MS assigned LCID's is at
* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/OTSPEC/lcid-cp.txt
*/
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x0401
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x0801
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x0c01
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x1001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x1401
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x1801
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x1c01
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN 0x2001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x2401
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x2801
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x2c01
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x3001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x3401
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE 0x3801
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x3c01
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR 0x4001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA 0x0402
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN 0x0403
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN 0x0404
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC 0x0804
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG 0x0c04
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE 0x1004
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU 0x1404
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC 0x0405
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK 0x0406
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY 0x0407
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0807
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA 0x0c07
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x1007
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI 0x1407
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE 0x0408
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES 0x0409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x0809
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA 0x0c09
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA 0x1009
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND 0x1409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND 0x1809
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x1c09
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x2009
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x2409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x2809
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x2c09
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x3009
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x3409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT 0x040a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO 0x080a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT 0x0c0a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x100a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x140a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x180a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x1c0a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x200a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x240a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU 0x280a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x2c0a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x300a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE 0x340a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x380a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x3c0a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x400a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x440a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x480a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x4c0a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x500a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND 0x040b
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE 0x040c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM 0x080c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA 0x0c0c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND 0x100c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x140c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO 0x180c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL 0x040d
#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY 0x040e
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND 0x040f
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY 0x0410
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0810
#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN 0x0411
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA 0x0412
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA 0x0812
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS 0x0413
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM 0x0813
#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL 0x0414
#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK 0x0814
#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND 0x0415
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL 0x0416
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL 0x0816
#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND 0x0417
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x0418
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0818
#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA 0x0419
#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0819
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA 0x041a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN 0x081a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC 0x0c1a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA 0x041b
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA 0x041c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN 0x041d
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x081d
#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND 0x041e
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY 0x041f
#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x0420
#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA 0x0421
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE 0x0422
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS 0x0423
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA 0x0424
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA 0x0425
#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA 0x0426
#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0427
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0827
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND 0x0428
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN 0x0429
#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM 0x042a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA 0x042b
#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN 0x042c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC 0x082c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN 0x042d
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY 0x042e
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA 0x042f
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0430
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0431
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0432
#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0433
#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0434
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0435
#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0436
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA 0x0437
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS 0x0438
#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA 0x0439
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA 0x043a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA 0x043b
#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x043e
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x083e
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN 0x043f
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA 0x0441
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN 0x0443
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC 0x0843
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN 0x0444
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA 0x0445
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x0446
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA 0x0447
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA 0x0448
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA 0x0449
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA 0x044a
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA 0x044b
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA 0x044c
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA 0x044d
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA 0x044e
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA 0x044f
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA 0x0457
/*
* possible values of the 'Name' identifier field in the name records of
* the TTF "name" table. These values are platform independent.
*/
#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT 0
#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY 1
#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY 2
#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID 3
#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME 4
#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING 5
#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME 6
#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK 7
/* the following values are from the OpenType spec */
#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER 8
#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER 9
#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION 10
#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL 11
#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL 12
#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE 13
#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL 14
/* number 15 is reserved */
#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY 16
#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY 17
#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME 18
/*
* Bit Mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF "OS2 " table.
*/
/* General Scripts Area */
/* Bit 0 C0 Controls and Basic Latin */
#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN (1L << 0) /* U+0000-U+007F */
/* Bit 1 C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */
#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT (1L << 1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */
/* Bit 2 Latin Extended-A */
#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A (1L << 2) /* U+0100-U+017F */
/* Bit 3 Latin Extended-B */
#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B (1L << 3) /* U+0180-U+024F */
/* Bit 4 IPA Extensions */
#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS (1L << 4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */
/* Bit 5 Spacing Modifier Letters */
#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER (1L << 5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */
/* Bit 6 Combining Diacritical Marks */
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS (1L << 6) /* U+0300-U+036F */
/* Bit 7 Greek */
#define TT_UCR_GREEK (1L << 7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */
/* Bit 8 is reserved (was: Greek Symbols and Coptic) */
/* Bit 9 Cyrillic */
#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC (1L << 9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */
/* Bit 10 Armenian */
#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */
/* Bit 11 Hebrew */
#define TT_UCR_HEBREW (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */
/* Bit 12 is reserved (was: Hebrew Extended) */
/* Bit 13 Arabic */
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */
/* Bit 14 is reserved (was: Arabic Extended) */
/* Bit 15 Devanagari */
#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */
/* Bit 16 Bengali */
#define TT_UCR_BENGALI (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */
/* Bit 17 Gurmukhi */
#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */
/* Bit 18 Gujarati */
#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */
/* Bit 19 Oriya */
#define TT_UCR_ORIYA (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */
/* Bit 20 Tamil */
#define TT_UCR_TAMIL (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */
/* Bit 21 Telugu */
#define TT_UCR_TELUGU (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */
/* Bit 22 Kannada */
#define TT_UCR_KANNADA (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */
/* Bit 23 Malayalam */
#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */
/* Bit 24 Thai */
#define TT_UCR_THAI (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */
/* Bit 25 Lao */
#define TT_UCR_LAO (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */
/* Bit 26 Georgian */
#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */
/* Bit 27 is reserved (was Georgian Extended) */
/* Bit 28 Hangul Jamo */
#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */
/* Bit 29 Latin Extended Additional */
#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */
/* Bit 30 Greek Extended */
#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */
/* Symbols Area */
/* Bit 31 General Punctuation */
#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */
/* Bit 32 Superscripts And Subscripts */
#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS (1L << 0) /* U+2070-U+209F */
/* Bit 33 Currency Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS (1L << 1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */
/* Bit 34 Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB (1L << 2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */
/* Bit 35 Letterlike Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS (1L << 3) /* U+2100-U+214F */
/* Bit 36 Number Forms */
#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+2150-U+218F */
/* Bit 37 Arrows */
#define TT_UCR_ARROWS (1L << 5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */
/* Bit 38 Mathematical Operators */
#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS (1L << 6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */
/* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */
#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL (1L << 7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */
/* Bit 40 Control Pictures */
#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES (1L << 8) /* U+2400-U+243F */
/* Bit 41 Optical Character Recognition */
#define TT_UCR_OCR (1L << 9) /* U+2440-U+245F */
/* Bit 42 Enclosed Alphanumerics */
#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */
/* Bit 43 Box Drawing */
#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */
/* Bit 44 Block Elements */
#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */
/* Bit 45 Geometric Shapes */
#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */
/* Bit 46 Miscellaneous Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */
/* Bit 47 Dingbats */
#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */
/* CJK Phonetics and Symbols Area */
/* Bit 48 CJK Symbols And Punctuation */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */
/* Bit 49 Hiragana */
#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */
/* Bit 50 Katakana */
#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */
/* Bit 51 Bopomofo */
#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */
/* Bit 52 Hangul Compatibility Jamo */
#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */
/* Bit 53 CJK Miscellaneous */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC (1L << 21) /* U+3190-U+319F */
/* Bit 54 Enclosed CJK Letters And Months */
#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */
/* Bit 55 CJK Compatibility */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */
/* Hangul Syllables Area */
/* Bit 56 Hangul */
#define TT_UCR_HANGUL (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */
/* Surrogates Area */
/* Bit 57 Surrogates */
#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DFFF */
/* Bit 58 is reserved for Unicode SubRanges */
/* CJK Ideographs Area */
/* Bit 59 CJK Unified Ideographs */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */
/* Private Use Area */
/* Bit 60 Private Use */
#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */
/* Compatibility Area and Specials */
/* Bit 61 CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 29) /* U+F900-U+FAFF */
/* Bit 62 Alphabetic Presentation Forms */
#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */
/* Bit 63 Arabic Presentation Forms-A */
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FSFF */
/* Bit 64 Combining Half Marks */
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS (1L << 0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */
/* Bit 65 CJK Compatibility Forms */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS (1L << 1) /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */
/* Bit 66 Small Form Variants */
#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS (1L << 2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */
/* Bit 67 Arabic Presentation Forms-B */
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B (1L << 3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFF */
/* Bit 68 Halfwidth And Fullwidth Forms */
#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */
/* Bit 69 Specials */
#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS (1L << 5) /* U+FEFF,
U+FFF0-U+FFFF */
/* Bit 70 Tibetan */
#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN (1L << 6) /* U+0F00-U+0FBF */
/* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers. */
#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ )
#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
/*
* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer.
*
* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31 character limit
* which some compilers have.
*
* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern
* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit.
* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch.
*/
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A \
TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B \
TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS \
TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \
TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB
#endif /* ndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */
#endif /* FTNAMEID_H */
/* END */

203
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftotval.h
View File

@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
#define __FTOTVAL_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
/* END */

537
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
View File

@ -1,537 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
#define __FTOUTLN_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_LineTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximal number of points within the outline. */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximal number of contours within the outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
/* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
/* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox ot @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by computing
* the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
* within the outline.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

172
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftpfr.h
View File

@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
#define __FTPFR_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
/* END */

230
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftrender.h
View File

@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
#define __FTRENDER_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_UInt mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
/* END */

159
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftsizes.h
View File

@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
#define __FTSIZES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
/* END */

200
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftsnames.h
View File

@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
/* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
/* */
/* Generally speaking, the string is not */
/* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
/* specification for details. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
/* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
/* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
/* longer in use. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
* table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
* legacy systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
* OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
* systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
/* END */

716
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
View File

@ -1,716 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
#define __FT_STROKE_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins; i.e., the two joining lines
* are extended until they intersect.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Same as beveled rendering, except that an additional line
* break is added if the angle between the two joining lines
* is too closed (this is useful to avoid unpleasant spikes
* in beveled rendering).
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER style,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

80
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftsynth.h
View File

@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource which should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
#define __FTSYNTH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the metrics are estimates only; if you need */
/* precise values you should call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
/* END */

347
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftsystem.h
View File

@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
/* END */

350
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/fttrigon.h
View File

@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
#define __FTTRIGON_H__
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed float value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The address of angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The address of angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
/* END */

588
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/fttypes.h
View File

@ -1,588 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
#define __FTTYPES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed float type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed float type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed float values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed float format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Most FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
/* return base error code (without module-specific prefix) */
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
/* return module error code */
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
/* END */

274
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
View File

@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftwinfnt.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
#define __FTWINFNT_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Window FNT Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Windows FNT specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
* @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
* encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
* in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is
* roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
* `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
* When querying for information about the character set of the font
* that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
* return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
* is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
* `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
*
* The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
* Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
* character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of
* Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
*
* and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
* A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
* 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Windows FNT Header info. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader :: The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

83
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/ftxf86.h
View File

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftxf86.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for X11. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
#define __FTXF86_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/* This function is in the X11/xf86 namespace for historical reasons */
/* and in no way depends on that windowing system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_X11_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
/* which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are */
/* `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */
/* `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */

49
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/header.h
View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/*******************************************************************
*
* Function :
*
* Description :
*
* Input :
*
* Output :
*
* Notes :
*
******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************
*
* Function :
*
* Description :
*
* Input : None
*
* Output : Error code.
*
******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************
*
* Function :
*
* Description :
*
******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************
*
* Component Name (e.g. TTRaster.C) + eventually a version number.
*
* Component Short Description (e.g. Rasterizer).
*
* Copyright 1996 David Turner, Robert Wilhelm and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used
* modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
******************************************************************/

231
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h
View File

@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* autohint.h */
/* */
/* High-level `autohint' module-specific interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The auto-hinter is used to load and automatically hint glyphs if a */
/* format-specific hinter isn't available. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __AUTOHINT_H__
#define __AUTOHINT_H__
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A small technical note regarding automatic hinting in order to */
/* clarify this module interface. */
/* */
/* An automatic hinter might compute two kinds of data for a given face: */
/* */
/* - global hints: Usually some metrics that describe global properties */
/* of the face. It is computed by scanning more or less */
/* aggressively the glyphs in the face, and thus can be */
/* very slow to compute (even if the size of global */
/* hints is really small). */
/* */
/* - glyph hints: These describe some important features of the glyph */
/* outline, as well as how to align them. They are */
/* generally much faster to compute than global hints. */
/* */
/* The current FreeType auto-hinter does a pretty good job while */
/* performing fast computations for both global and glyph hints. */
/* However, we might be interested in introducing more complex and */
/* powerful algorithms in the future, like the one described in the John */
/* D. Hobby paper, which unfortunately requires a lot more horsepower. */
/* */
/* Because a sufficiently sophisticated font management system would */
/* typically implement an LRU cache of opened face objects to reduce */
/* memory usage, it is a good idea to be able to avoid recomputing */
/* global hints every time the same face is re-opened. */
/* */
/* We thus provide the ability to cache global hints outside of the face */
/* object, in order to speed up font re-opening time. Of course, this */
/* feature is purely optional, so most client programs won't even notice */
/* it. */
/* */
/* I initially thought that it would be a good idea to cache the glyph */
/* hints too. However, my general idea now is that if you really need */
/* to cache these too, you are simply in need of a new font format, */
/* where all this information could be stored within the font file and */
/* decoded on the fly. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
typedef struct FT_AutoHinterRec_ *FT_AutoHinter;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieves the global hints computed for a given face object the */
/* resulting data is dissociated from the face and will survive a */
/* call to FT_Done_Face(). It must be discarded through the API */
/* FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc(). */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hinter :: A handle to the source auto-hinter. */
/* */
/* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* global_hints :: A typeless pointer to the global hints. */
/* */
/* global_len :: The size in bytes of the global hints. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc)( FT_AutoHinter hinter,
FT_Face face,
void** global_hints,
long* global_len );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discards the global hints retrieved through */
/* FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc(). This is the only way these hints */
/* are freed from memory. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hinter :: A handle to the auto-hinter module. */
/* */
/* global :: A pointer to retrieved global hints to discard. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc)( FT_AutoHinter hinter,
void* global );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to recompute the global metrics in a given */
/* font. This is useful when global font data changes (e.g. Multiple */
/* Masters fonts where blend coordinates change). */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hinter :: A handle to the source auto-hinter. */
/* */
/* face :: A handle to the face. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc)( FT_AutoHinter hinter,
FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to load, scale, and automatically hint a */
/* glyph from a given face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the face. */
/* */
/* glyph_index :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: The load flags. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is capable of loading composite glyphs by hinting */
/* each sub-glyph independently (which improves quality). */
/* */
/* It will call the font driver with FT_Load_Glyph(), with */
/* FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE set. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc)( FT_AutoHinter hinter,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Size size,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Int32 load_flags );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The auto-hinter module's interface. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec_
{
FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc reset_face;
FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc get_global_hints;
FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc done_global_hints;
FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc load_glyph;
} FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec, *FT_AutoHinter_Service;
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC
#define FT_DEFINE_AUTOHINTER_SERVICE(class_, reset_face_, get_global_hints_, \
done_global_hints_, load_glyph_) \
FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF \
const FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec class_ = \
{ \
reset_face_, get_global_hints_, done_global_hints_, load_glyph_ \
};
#else /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
#define FT_DEFINE_AUTOHINTER_SERVICE(class_, reset_face_, get_global_hints_, \
done_global_hints_, load_glyph_) \
void \
FT_Init_Class_##class_( FT_Library library, \
FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec* clazz) \
{ \
FT_UNUSED(library); \
clazz->reset_face = reset_face_; \
clazz->get_global_hints = get_global_hints_; \
clazz->done_global_hints = done_global_hints_; \
clazz->load_glyph = load_glyph_; \
}
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __AUTOHINT_H__ */
/* END */

179
contrib/network/netsurf/dependencies/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h
View File

@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcalc.h */
/* */
/* Arithmetic computations (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCALC_H__
#define __FTCALC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_FixedSqrt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Computes the square root of a 16.16 fixed point value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* x :: The value to compute the root for. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result of `sqrt(x)'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is not very fast. */
/* */
FT_BASE( FT_Int32 )
FT_SqrtFixed( FT_Int32 x );
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Sqrt32 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Computes the square root of an Int32 integer (which will be */
/* handled as an unsigned long value). */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* x :: The value to compute the root for. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result of `sqrt(x)'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int32 )
FT_Sqrt32( FT_Int32 x );
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MulDiv() and FT_MulFix() are declared in freetype.h. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_MulDiv_No_Round */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c' */
/* (without rounding) with maximal accuracy (it uses a 64-bit */
/* intermediate integer whenever necessary). */
/* */
/* This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
/* operations, but is at least completely portable. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: The first multiplier. */
/* b :: The second multiplier. */
/* c :: The divisor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result of `(a*b)/c'. This function never traps when trying to */
/* divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending */
/* on the signs of `a' and `b'. */
/* */
FT_BASE( FT_Long )
FT_MulDiv_No_Round( FT_Long a,
FT_Long b,
FT_Long c );
#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
/*
* A variant of FT_Matrix_Multiply which scales its result afterwards.
* The idea is that both `a' and `b' are scaled by factors of 10 so that
* the values are as precise as possible to get a correct result during
* the 64bit multiplication. Let `sa' and `sb' be the scaling factors of
* `a' and `b', respectively, then the scaling factor of the result is
* `sa*sb'.
*/
FT_BASE( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix *b,
FT_Long scaling );
/*
* A variant of FT_Vector_Transform. See comments for
* FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled.
*/
FT_BASE( void )
FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled( FT_Vector* vector,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Long scaling );
/*
* Return -1, 0, or +1, depending on the orientation of a given corner.
* We use the Cartesian coordinate system, with positive vertical values
* going upwards. The function returns +1 if the corner turns to the
* left, -1 to the right, and 0 for undecidable cases.
*/
FT_BASE( FT_Int )
ft_corner_orientation( FT_Pos in_x,
FT_Pos in_y,
FT_Pos out_x,
FT_Pos out_y );
/*
* Return TRUE if a corner is flat or nearly flat. This is equivalent to
* saying that the angle difference between the `in' and `out' vectors is
* very small.
*/
FT_BASE( FT_Int )
ft_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos in_x,
FT_Pos in_y,
FT_Pos out_x,
FT_Pos out_y );
#define INT_TO_F26DOT6( x ) ( (FT_Long)(x) << 6 )
#define INT_TO_F2DOT14( x ) ( (FT_Long)(x) << 14 )
#define INT_TO_FIXED( x ) ( (FT_Long)(x) << 16 )
#define F2DOT14_TO_FIXED( x ) ( (FT_Long)(x) << 2 )
#define FLOAT_TO_FIXED( x ) ( (FT_Long)( x * 65536.0 ) )
#define FIXED_TO_INT( x ) ( FT_RoundFix( x ) >> 16 )
#define ROUND_F26DOT6( x ) ( x >= 0 ? ( ( (x) + 32 ) & -64 ) \
: ( -( ( 32 - (x) ) & -64 ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCALC_H__ */
/* END */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More